You are on page 1of 207

कें द्रीय विद्यालय संगठन

(जम्मू संभाग )

KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN


(JAMMU REGION)

SAMPLE PAPER
FOR CLASS XII
CHEMISTRY (043)

क्षेत्रीय कायाालय, जम्मू, नज़दीक राजकीय विककत्सालय, गााँधी नगर


जम्मू-180004
Regional Office, Jammu, Near Govt. Hospital,
Gandhi Nagar, Jammu-180004
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 1
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each question carries 1
mark. There is no internal choice in this section.

1 The solubility of a substance in a solvent depends on 1


(a) Temperature
(b) Pressure
(c) Nature of solute and solvent
(d) All of the above
2 What does Henry’s constant depend upon? 1
(a) Nature of gas
(b) Nature of solvent
(c) Temperature
(d) All of the above
3 Which of the following condition is not satisfied by an ideal solution? 1
(a) ΔHmixing = 0
(b) ΔVmixing = 0
(c) Raoult’s Law is obeyed
(d) Formation of an azeotropic mixture

4 .A cathode and an anode are the most common components of an electrochemical cell. Which of the 1
following claims about the cathode is correct?
a) Oxidation occurs at the cathode
b) Electrons move into the cathode
c) Usually denoted by a negative sign
d) Is usually made up of insulating material
5 In a dry cell, which of the following is the electrolyte? 1
a) Potassium hydroxide
b) Sulphuric acid
c) Ammonium chloride
d) Manganese dioxide
6 The reaction 1

is an example of
(a) nucleophilic addition
(b) free radical addition
(c) electrophilic addition
(d) electrophilic substitution

7 Which of the following compounds is formed when secondary alcohols are oxidised by [O]? 1
a) Ether
b) Aldehyde
c) Ketone
d) Amine
8 Major product obtained on reaction of 3-Phenyl propene with HBr in presence of organic peroxide (a)3- 1
Phenyl 1- bromopropane
(b) 1 –Phenyl -3- bromopropane
(c) 1-Phenyl -2-bromopropane
(d) 3-Phenyl -2- bromopropane

9 Which reagents are required for one step conversion of chlorobenzene to toluene? 1
(a) CH3Cl / AlCl3
(b) CH3Cl, Na, Dry ether
(c)CH3Cl/Fe dark
(d) NaNO2/ HCl /0-50C

10 Chloro-Ethane reacts with Which of the Following to Give Diethyl Ether? 1


a. NaOH
b. H2SO4
c. C2H5ONa
d. Na2S2O3
11 Which of the following reaction is not shown by ketones? 1
A. Reaction with HCN
B. Reaction with NaHSO3
C. Reaction with 2 4 dinitrophenyl hydrazine
D. Reaction with Fehling solution

12 Which of the following should be most volatile? 1


I. CH3CH2CH2NH2
II. (CH3)3N
IV. CH3CH2CH3
(a) II
(b) IV
(c) I
(d) III

13 IUPAC name of product formed by reaction of methyl amine with two moles of ethyl chloride 1
a) N,N-Dimethylethanamine
b) N,N-Diethylmethanamine
c) N-Methyl ethanamine
d) N-Ethyl - N-methylethanamine

14 Reduction of CH3CH2NC with hydrogen in presence of Ni or Pt as catalvst gives 1


(a) CH3CH2NH2
(b) CH3CH2NHCH3
(c) CH3CH2NHCH2CH3
(d) (CH3)3N

15 Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R) 1
Assertion : Magnetic moment values of actinides are lesser than the theoretically predicted values.
Reason : Actinide elements are strongly paramagnetic. Select the most appropriate answer from the
options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

16 Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R) 1
Assertion : SN2 reaction of an optically active aryl halide with an aqueous solution of KOH always
gives an alcohol with opposite sign of rotation.
Reason : SN2 reactions always proceed with inversion of configuration.
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

17 Assertion : The bond angle in alcohols is slightly less than the tetrahedral angle. 1
Reason : In alcohols, the oxygen of –OH group is attached to sp3 hybridized carbon atom.
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

18 Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R) 1
Assertion : Formaldehyde is a planar molecule.
Reason : It contains sp2 hybridised carbon atom.
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions are
very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19 (i)On the basis of E0 values identify which amongst the following is the strongest oxidising agent 2
Cl2(g) + 2 e– ---------------→ 2Cl- E0= +1.36 V,
MnO4 – + 8H+ + 5e– → Mn2+ + 4H2O E0= +1.51 V
Cr2O7 2– + 14H+ + 6e– → 2Cr3+ +7H2O E0= +1.33 V
(ii)State Kohlrausch law.

20 For a reaction the rate law expression is represented as follows: Rate = k [A][B]1/2 2

i Interpret whether the reaction is elementary or complex. Give reason to support your answer.
ii. Write the units of rate constant for this reaction if concentration of A and B is expressed in moles/L.
OR
Show that for a first order reaction the time required for 99% completion of a reaction is twice the time
required to complete 90% of the reaction.

21 The C-14 content of an ancient piece of wood was found to have three tenths of that in living trees. 2
How old is that piece of wood? (log 3= 0.4771, log 7 = 0.8540 , Half-life of C-14 = 5730 years )
OR
A first-order reaction takes 69.3 min for 50% completion. What is the time needed for 80% of the
reaction to get completed? (Given: log 5 =0.6990, log 8 = 0.9030, log 2 = 0.3010)

22 The following haloalkanes are hydrolysed in presence of aq KOH. (i) 2- Chlorobutane (ii) 2-chloro-2- 2
methylpropane Which of the above is most likely to give a racemic mixture? Justify your answer.

23 Arrange the following carbonyl compounds in increasing order of their reactivity in nucleophilic 2
addition reactions :
(a) Ethanal, propanal, propanone, butanone
(b) Benzaldehyde, p-tolualdehyde, p-nitrobenzaldehyde, acetophenone

24 Define these terms i) peptide linkage ii ) denaturation 2

25 i) Name polysaccharide which is stored in the liver of animals. 2


ii) Write one reaction of D- glucose which cannot be explain by its open chain structure
SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions are
short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
26 . The following results have been obtained during the kinetic studies of the reaction. 1
2A+B ——–> C + D

Determine the rate law and the rate constant for the reaction.
27 Answer the following questions: 3
a. [Ni(H2O)6 ]2+ (aq) is green in colour whereas [Ni(H2O)4 (en)]2+ (aq)is blue in colour , give reason in
support of your answer .
b. Write the formula and hybridization of the following compound: tris(ethane-1,2–diamine) cobalt
(III) sulphate

28 Write any two reactions 3


i)Kolbe’s Reaction
ii) Reimer-Tiemann Reaction.
iii)Williamson synthesis
29 Give the chemical tests to distinguish between the following pairs of compounds : 3
(i) Ethyl amine and Aniline
(ii) Aniline and Benzylamine

30 (i)Name the two components of starch? Which one is water-soluble? 3


(ii) Name the vitamin responsible for the coagulation of blood.
OR
(i)Write the structural differences (any two) between DNA and RNA
(ii) What is meant by ‘reducing sugars?

SECTION D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and carries 4
(1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.

31 The boiling point of a liquid is the temperature at which the vapour pressure is equal to atmospheric
pressure. We know that on the addition of a non-volatile liquid to a pure solvent, the vapour pressure of
a solution decrease. Therefore, to make vapour pressure equal to atmospheric pressure we have to
increase the temperature of the solution. The difference in the boiling point of the solution and the
boiling point of the pure solvent is termed as elevation in boiling point.
The freezing point of a substance is defined as the temperature at which the vapour pressure of its liquid
is equal to the vapour of the corresponding solid. According to Raoult’s law when a non-volatile solid is
added to the solvent its vapour pressure decreases and now it would become equal to that of solid
solvent at a lower temperature. The difference between the freezing point of the pure solvent and its
solution is called depression in freezing point.
QA When a non-volatile liquid is mixed with water, what will happen to its boiling point and freezing
point?
QB Which of the following aqueous solutions should have the highest boiling point? Solution A 1.0
M NaOH ,Solution B 1.0 M Na2SO4, Solution C 1.0 M NH4NO3 Solution d 1.0 M KNO3
QC How does sprinkling of salt help in clearing the snow-covered roads in hilly areas? Explain the
phenomenon involved in the process.

OR

i) Elevation of boiling point of 1M KCl solution is nearly double than that of 1M sugar solution.
ii) what will happen with molal depression constant when molality of a diluted solution is doubled .
32
IUPAC Nomenclature of Coordination Compounds

Rules For Naming Coordination Compound


The standard rules that must be followed in the nomenclature of coordination compounds are described
below.

When the coordination centre is bound to more than one ligand, the names of the ligands are written in
an alphabetical order which is not affected by the numerical prefixes that must be applied to the ligands:
di-, tri-, tetra-, and so on. The names of the anions present in a coordination compound must end with
the letter ‘o’, which generally replaces the letter ‘e’.After the ligands are named, the name of the central
metal atom is written. If the complex has an anionic charge associated with it, the suffix ‘-ate’ is
applied. When writing the name of the central metallic atom in an anionic complex, priority is given to
the Latin name of the metal if it exists (with the exception of mercury). The oxidation state of the
central metal atom/ion must be specified with the help of roman numerals that are enclosed in a set of
parentheses. If the coordination compound is accompanied by a counter ion, the cationic entity must be
written before the anionic entity.
Q1Write down the formula of : Tetraamineaquachloridocobalt(III) chloride .

Q2.What is the IUPAC name of the complex [Ni(NH3)6]Cl2?

Q3 When a co-ordination compound CrCl3.6H2O is mixed with AgNO3, 2 moles of AgCl are
precipitated per mole of the compound. Write
(i) Structural formula of the complex.
(ii) IUPAC name of the complex.
OR

Write oxidation no and coordination no of central metal of following compounds

i) K3[Al(C2O4)3]
(ii) [Co(Cl)2(en)2]+

SECTION E 2
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have an internal
choice.
1
33 Qi) What is the effect of adding a catalyst on
(a) Activation energy (Ea), and
(b) Gibbs energy (AG) of a reaction?

Qii) Given that the standard electrode potentials (E°) of metals are :
K+/K = -2.93 V, Ag+/Ag = 0.80 V, Cu2+/Cu = 0.34 V,
Mg2+/Mg = -2.37 V, Cr3+/Cr = -0.74 V, Fe2+/Fe = -0.44 V.
Arrange these metals in increasing order of their reducing power. 3

Qiii)Why Is it safe to stir AgNO3 solution with a copper spoon?


E0(Ag+/ Ag)= 0.80 Volt; E0(Cu+2/ Cu) = 0.34 Volt
2
OR

Qi) The molar conductivity of 0.025 mol L-1 methanoic acid is 46.1 S cm2 mol-1. Calculate its degree of
dissociation and dissociation constant Given λ°(H+)=349.6 S cm2 mol-1 and λ°(HCOO-) = 54.6
S cm2 mol-1

Qii) The cell in which the following reaction occurs:


2Fe3+ (aq) + 2I– (aq) —> 2Fe2+ (aq) +I2 (s) has E°cell=0.236 V at 298 K. Calculate the standard Gibbs
energy and the equilibrium constant of the cell reaction.

34 a. Why are fluorides of transition metals more stable in their higher oxidation state as compared to the 1
lower oxidation state?
1
2+ 4+
b. Which one of the following would feel attraction when placed in magnetic field: Co , Ag+ ,Ti ,
Zn2+
1
c. It has been observed that first ionization energy of 5 d series of transition elements are higher than
that of 3d and 4d series, explain why?
Assign reasons for the following :
d. (i) Copper (I) ion is not known in aqueous solution.
(ii) Actinoids exhibit greater range of oxidation states than lanthanoids.
OR

i) On the basis of the figure given below, answer the following questions:

1
1
1

a. Why Manganese has lower melting point than Chromium?


b. Why do transition metals of 3d series have lower melting points as compared to 4d series?
c. In the third transition series, identify and name the metal with the highest melting point.
d) Explain the following observations :
(i) Transition elements generally form coloured compounds.
(ii) Zinc is not regarded as a transition element.

35 (a) Write the product(s) in the following : 2

3
(b) Give simple tests to distinguish the following pairs of compounds :
(i) Ethanal and Propanal
(ii) Benzaldehyde and Acetophenone
(iii) Benzoic acid and Ethyl benzoate

OR 2
3
a) Write the reactions involved in the following:
(i) Etard reaction (ii) Stephen reduction
(b) How will you convert the following in not more than two steps:
(i) Benzoic acid to Benzaldehyde (ii) Acetophenone to Benzoic acid
(iii) Ethanoic acid to 2-Hydroxyethanoic acid
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 2
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME : 3Hrs MM: 70
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS
1 There are 35 questions in this question paper.
2 This Question paper has been divided into 5 sections
3 SECTION A contains 18 questions carrying 1 marks each.
4 SECTION B contains 7 questions (internal choice in some) carrying 2 marks each.
5 SECTION C contains 5 questions (internal choice in some) carrying 3 marks each.
6 SECTION D contains 2 CASE BASED questions carrying 4 marks each.
7 SECTION E contains 3 questions with internal choice carrying 5 marks each.
SECTION A
Q. 1 On dissolving sugar in water at room temperature solution feels cool to touch. Under which of the 1
following cases dissolution of sugar will be most rapid?
(i) Sugar crystals in cold water.
(ii) Sugar crystals in hot water.
(iii) Powdered sugar in cold water.
(iv) Powdered sugar in hot water.
Q. 2 Considering the formation, breaking and strength of hydrogen bond, predict which of the 1
following mixtures will show a positive deviation from Raoult’s law?
(i) Methanol and acetone.
(ii) Chloroform and acetone.
(iii) Nitric acid and water.
(iv) Phenol and aniline.
Q. 3 The difference between the electrode potentials of two electrodes when no current is drawn 1
through the cell is called ___________.
(i) Cell potential
(ii) Cell emf
(iii) Potential difference
(iv) Cell voltage
Q. 4 Which of the statements about solutions of electrolytes is not correct? 1
(i) Conductivity of solution depends upon size of ions.
(ii) Conductivity depends upon viscosity of solution.
(iii) Conductivity does not depend upon solvation of ions present in solution.
(iv) Conductivity of solution increases with temperature.

Q. 5 The cell constant of a conductivity cell _____________. 1


(i) changes with change of electrolyte.
(ii) changes with change of concentration of electrolyte.
(iii) changes with temperature of electrolyte.
(iv) remains constant for a cell.
Q. 6 The role of a catalyst is to change ______________. 1
(i) Gibb’s energy of reaction.
(ii) enthalpy of reaction.
(iii) activation energy of reaction.
(iv) equilibrium constant.
Q. 7 Electronic configuration of a transition element X in +3 oxidation state is [Ar]3d5 . What is its 1
atomic number?
(i) 25
(ii) 26
(iii) 27
(iv) 24
Q. 8 The colour of the coordination compounds depends on the crystal field splitting. What will be the 1
correct order of absorption of wavelength of light in the visible region, for the complexes,
[Co(NH3)6]3+,[Co(CN)6]3– , [Co(H2O)6]3+
(i) [Co(CN)6]3– > [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Co(H2O)6]3+
(ii) [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Co(H2O)6]3+ > [Co(CN)6]3–
(iii) [Co(H2O)6]3+ > [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Co(CN)6]3–
(iv) [Co(CN)6]3– > [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Co(H2O)6]3+
Q. 9 The process of converting alkyl halides into alcohols involves_____________. 1
(i) addition reaction
(ii) substitution reaction
(iii) dehydrohalogenation reaction
(iv) rearrangement reaction
Q. 10 Which of the following compounds will react with sodium hydroxide solution in water? 1
(i) C6H5OH
(ii) C6H5CH2OH
(iii) (CH3)3COH
(iv) C2H5OH
Q. 11 Phenol is less acidic than ______________. 1
(i) ethanol
(ii) o-nitrophenol
(iii) o-methylphenol
(iv) o-methoxyphenol
Q. 12 Which of the following monosaccharides are present as five membered cyclic structure (furanose 1
structure)?
(i) Sucrose
(ii) Glucose
(iii) Fructose
(iv) Galactose
Following questions consist of two statements, each as Assertion and Reason. While answering
these questions, you are required to select any one of the following five responses.
(i) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
(ii) A is true but R is false.
(iii) A is false but R is true.
(iv) Both A and R are false.
(v) Assertion and reason both are correct statements but reason is not correct
explanation of assertion.
Q. 13 Assertion : Order of the reaction can be zero or fractional. 1
Reason : We cannot determine order from balanced chemical equation.
Q. 14 Assertion : Cu2+ iodide is not known.
Reason : Cu2+ oxidises iodide to iodine.
Q. 15 Assertion : Toxic metal ions are removed by the chelating ligands. 1
Reason : Chelate complexes tend to be more stable.
Q. 16 Assertion : Formaldehyde is a planar molecule. 1
Reason : It contains sp2 hybridised carbon atom.

Q. 17 Assertion : Acylation of amines gives a monosubstituted product whereas alkylation of amines 1


gives polysubstituted product.
Reason : Acyl group sterically hinders the approach of further acyl groups.
Q. 18 Assertion : D (+) – Glucose is dextrorotatory in nature. 1
Reason : ‘D’ represents its dextrorotatory nature.
SECTION B
Q. 19 Why do gases always tend to be less soluble in liquids as the temperature is raised? 2
Q. 20 What is the effect of catalyst on: 2
(i) Gibbs energy (ΔG) and
(ii) activation energy of a reaction?
Q. 21 Why does the conductivity of a solution decrease with dilution? 2
Q. 22 Which of the 3d series of the transition metals exhibits the largest number of oxidation states and 2
why?
Q. 23 Explain why alkyl halides, though polar, are immiscible with water? 2
Q. 24 Would you expect benzaldehyde to be more reactive or less reactive in nucleophilic addition 2
reactions than propanal? Explain your answer.
Q. 25 Write structures and IUPAC names of 2
(i) the amide which gives propanamine by Hoffmann bromamide reaction.
(ii) the amine produced by the Hoffmann degradation of benzamide.
OR
(i) What are the expected products of hydrolysis of lactose? 1
(ii) How do you explain the absence of aldehyde group in the pentaacetate of D-glucose? 1
SECTION C
Q. 26 (a) Define Osmosis and osmotic pressure.
(b) What is the use of putting vegetables dipped inside the salt solution.
Q. 27 Compare the chemistry of the actinoids with that of lanthanoids with reference to: (i) electronic 1
configuration (ii) oxidation states and (iii) chemical reactivity. 1
OR 1
What is lanthanoid contraction? What are the consequences of lanthanoid contraction? 1
2
Q. 28 Give the structures and IUPAC names of the products expected from the following reactions: 3
(a) Catalytic reduction of butanal.
(b) Hydration of propene in the presence of dilute sulphuric acid.
(c) Reaction of propanone with methylmagnesium bromide followed by hydrolysis.
Q. 29 Arrange the following sets of compounds in order of their increasing 1
(a) boiling points: (a) Pentan-1-ol, butan-1-ol, butan-2-ol, ethanol, propan-1-ol, methanol. 1
(b) acid strength: Propan-1-ol, 2,4,6-trinitrophenol, 3-nitrophenol, 3,5-dinitrophenol, phenol, 4- 1
methylphenol.
(c) Write the reagents to prepare methyl tert-butyl ether according to Williamson synthesis.

OR
Account for the following: 1
(i) pKb of aniline is more than that of methylamine. 1
(ii) Ethylamine is soluble in water whereas aniline is not. 1
(iii) Methylamine in water reacts with ferric chloride to precipitate hydrated ferric oxide.
Q. 30 (i) Why cannot vitamin C be stored in our body? 1
(ii) When RNA is hydrolysed, there is no relationship among the quantities of different bases 2
obtained. What does this fact suggest about the structure of RNA?
SECTION D
Q. 31 An electrochemical cell consists of two metallic electrodes dipping in electrolytic solution(s). 1
Thus an important component of the electrochemical cell is the ionic conductor or electrolyte. 2
Electrochemical cells are of two types. In galvanic cell, the chemical energy of a spontaneous 1
redox reaction is converted into electrical work, whereas in an electrolytic cell, electrical energy is
used to carry out a nonspontaneous redox reaction. The standard electrode potential for any
electrode dipping in an appropriate solution is defined with respect to standard electrode potential
of hydrogen electrode taken as zero.

(a) Arrange the following metals in the order in which they displace each other from their salts:
Al, Cu, Fe, Mg and Zn.
(b) How much charge is required for reducing 1 mol of Al3+ to Al?
(c) Write the Nernst equation for the cell at 298 K: Mg(s)|Mg2+||Cu2+|Cu(s)
OR
Write the reactions taking place at anode and cathode of fuel cell and write two uses of fuel cell.
Q. 32 The polarity of C—X bond is responsible for the nucleophilic substitution reactions of alkyl 1
halides which mostly occur by SN1 and SN2 mechanisms. The rates of SN1 reaction are governed 1
by the stability of intermediate carbocations while that of SN2 reactions are governed by steric 1
factors. Chirality has a great role in understanding the mechanism of SN1 and SN2 reactions. SN1 1
reactions of chiral alkyl halides are accompanied by racemisation. Whereas SN2 reactions are
characterised by inversion of configuration
(A) What do you mean by chirality?
(B) In the pair, (CH3)3 C—Br and CH3—CH2—Br, which one is more reactive towards SN2 reaction
and why?
(C) p-Dichlorobenzene has higher m.p. than those of o- and m-isomers. Discuss
OR
Why dipole moment of chlorobenzene is lower than that of cyclohexyl chloride?

SECTION E
Q. 33 A reaction is first order in A and second order in B. 1
(i) Write the differential rate equation. 1
(ii) How is the rate affected on increasing the concentration of B three times? 2
(iii) How is the rate affected when the concentrations of both A and B are doubled? 1
(iv) What will be the units of rate constant and Rate of the reaction.

Q. 34 (a) Give examples of unidentate and ambidentate ligands. 2


(b) Specify the oxidation numbers of platinum in [PtCl4]2– 1
(c) Write the formulas for the: Hexaamminecobalt(III) sulphate 1
(d) Write the coordination number of cobalt in: Pentaamminenitrito-O-cobalt(III) 1
OR
(a) A solution of [Ni(H2O)6] is green but a solution of [Ni(CN)4]2– is colourless. Explain.
2+
2
[(b) Fe(CN)6]4– and [Fe(H2O)6]2+ are of different colours in dilute solutions. Why? 2
(c) What is meant by the chelate effect? Give an example. 1
Q. 35 Give one example of the following reactions: 1
(a) Cannizaro reaction 1
(b) Wolff Kishner reaction 1
(c) Rosenmund's Reduction 1
(d) Aldol Reaction 1
(e) Gattermann Koach reaction
OR
Give plausible explanation for each of the following: 1
(i) Cyclohexanone forms cyanohydrin in good yield but 2,2,6-trimethylcyclohexanone does not. 2
(ii) There are two –NH2 groups in semicarbazide. However, only one is involved in the formation 2
of semicarbazones.
(iii) During the preparation of esters from a carboxylic acid and an alcohol in the presence of an
acid catalyst, the water or the ester should be removed as soon as it is formed.
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 3
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
QUESTION PAPER
Time: 3 hours General Instructions: Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.

SECTION A
1. Effect of dilution on conductance is as follow:
(a) Specific conductance increase, molar conductance decrease.
(b) Specific conductance decrease, molar conductance increase.
(c) Specific conductance increase, molar conductance increase.
(d) Specific conductance decrease, molar conductance decrease.
2. For a reaction nx + y → z the rate of reaction becomes twenty-seven times when the
concentration of X is increased three times. What is the order of the reaction?
(a) 2
(b) 1
(c) 3
(d) 0
3. The product of oxidation of I- with MnO4 - in alkaline medium is:
(a) IO3 - (b) I2 (c)IO- (d)IO4-
4. The number of possible isomers for the complex [Co(C2O4)2 (NH3)2]
(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4
5. Which of the following reactions follows Markovnikov’s rule?
(a) C2H4 + HBr
(b) C3H6 + Cl6
(c) C3H6 + HBr
(d) C3H6 + Br2
6. Which of the following reagents cannot, be used to oxidise primary alcohols to aldehydes?
(a) CrO3 in anhydrous medium
(b) KMnO4 in acidic medium
(c) Pyridinium chlorochromate
(d) Heat in the presence of Cu at 573 K
7. Which of the following compounds does not react with NaHSO3?
(a) HCHO
(b) C6H5COCH3
(c) CH3COCH3
(d) CH3CHO
8. The most convenient method to prepare primary (10 Amine) amine containing one carbon
atom less is
(a) Gabriel phthalimide synthesis
(b) Reductive amination of aldehydes
(c) Hofmann bromamide reaction
(d) Reduction of isonitriles
9. 1-Phenylethanol can be prepared by the reaction of benzaldehyde with
(a) methyl bromide
(b) ethyl iodide and magnesium
(c) methyl iodide and magnesium (Grignard reagent’s)
(d) methyl bromide and aluminium
bromide
10. Secondary amines can be prepared by
(a) reduction of nitro compounds
(b) oxidation of N-substituted amides
(c) reduction of isonitriles
(d) reduction of nitriles
11. Ammonia acts as a very good ligand but ammonium ion does not form complexes
because
(a) NH3 isa gas while NH4+ is in liquid form.
(b) NH3 undergoes sp3 hybridisation while NH4+ undergoes sp3 d hybridisation
(c) NH4+ ion does not have any lone pair of electrons
(d) NH4+ ion has one unpaired electron while NH3 has two unpaired electrons
12. Which of the following statement is not correct for the reaction? 4A + B ----> 2C + 2D
(a) The rate of disappearance of B is one-fourth the rate of disappearance of A
(b) The rate of appearance of C is one-half the rate of disappearance of B
(c) The rate of formation of D is one-half the rate of consumption of A
(d) The rate of formation of C and D are
equal
13. The product of hydrolysis of ozonide of 1-butene are
(a) ethanol only
(b) ethanal and methanal
(c) propanal and methanal
(d) methanal only
14. The unit of rate constant for the reaction
2H2 + 2NO → 2H2O + N2
which has rate = K|H2||NO|², is
(a) mol L-1 s-1
(b) s-1
(c) mol-2 L² s-1
(d)mol L-1
In the following questions a statement of assertion followed by a statement of reason is given.
Choose the correct answer out of the following choices.
(a) Both assertion and reason are true, and reason is the correct explanation of the
assertion.
(b) Both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
(c) Assertion is not true but reason is true.
(d) Both assertion and reason are false.
15. Assertion :- Actinoids form relatively less stable complexes as compared to lanthanoids.
Reason :- Actinoids can utilise their 5f orbitals along with 6d orbitals in bonding but
lanthanoids do not use their 4f orbital for bonding.
16. Assertion : ter – Butyl methyl ether is not prepared by the reaction of ter-butyl bromide
with sodium methoxide.
Reason : Sodium methoxide is a strong nucleophile.
17. Assertion : Acylation of amines gives a monosubstituted product whereas alkylation of
amines gives the polysubstituted product.
Reason : Acyl group sterically hinders the approach of further acyl
groups
18. Assertion : D (+) – Glucose is dextrorotatory in nature.
Reason : ‘D’ represents its dextrorotatory nature.
SECTION B
19. From the given cells: Lead storage cell, Mercury cell, Fuel cell and Dry cell Answer the
following:
(i)Which cell is used in hearing aids?
(ii) Which cell was used in Apollo Space Programme?
20. A first order reaction takes 20 minutes for 25% decomposition. Calculate the time when
75% of the reaction will be
completed.
21. Name the following coordination compounds according to IUPAC system of
nomenclature: (i) [NiCl4]2- (ii) K3[Al(C2O4)3]
22. Give a chemical test to distinguish between C2H5Br and C6H5Br.
23. Write the structural and functional difference between DNA and RNA.
OR
Describe what you understand by primary structure and secondary structure of proteins.
24. Illustrate the following name reactions giving a chemical equation in each case:
(i) Clemmensen reaction (ii) Cannizzaro’s reaction.
OR
Give reasons:
(a) HCHO is more reactive than CH3-CHO towards the addition of HCN.
(b) pKa of NO2—CH2—COOH is lower than that of CH3—COOH.
(c) Alpha hydrogen of aldehydes and ketones is acidic in nature.
25. Calculate the factor by which the rate of I order reaction is increased for a temperature
rise of 10°C from 25°C to 35°C. The energy of activation is 35 kcal mol–1.
SECTION C
26. Write the state of hybridization, the shape and the magnetic behaviour of the following
complex entities:
(t) [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl
(ii) [Co(en)3]Cl3
(iii) K2[Ni(CN)4]
27. Predict the products of the following reactions
i. Tetrahydrofurane + HI (2 mol) →
ii. Tertiary butylbromide + KOH(alc)→
iii. C6H5OCH3 + CH3Cl →
28. Calculate the mass of compound (molar mass = 256 g mol-1) to be dissolved in 75 g of
benzene to lower its freezing point by 0.48 K (Kf = 5.12 K kg mol-1).
29. How would you account for the following:
(a) Electrophilic substitution in case of aromatic amines takes place more readily than
benzene.
(b) Ethanamide is a weaker base than ethanamine
30. Answer the following:
(i) Haloalkanes easily dissolve in organic solvents, why?
(ii) What is known as a racemic mixture? Give an example.
(iii) Of the two bromoderivatives, C6H5CH (CH3)Br and C6H5CH(C6H5)Br, which one is
more reactive in SN1 substitution reaction and why?
OR
(i)The treatment of alkyl chlorides with aq KOH leads to the formation of alcohols but in
presence of alcoholic KOH, alkenes are the major products. Explain.
(ii) Haloalkanes react with KCN to form alkyl cyanides as major product while AgCN form
isocyanide as the chief product. Explain.
SECTION D
31. Read the passage to answer the questions given below:
Ideal Solution An ideal solution is a solution where the intermolecular interactions between
solute-solute (A-A) and solvent-solvent (B-B) are similar to the interaction between solute-
solvent (A-B). An ideal solution fulfils the following criteria: • It obeys Raoult’s law for all
the concentration and temperature ranges. Which states that the partial vapour pressure of
each component is proportional to the mole fraction of the component in a solution at a given
temperature. • The enthalpy of mixing is zero, i.e. ΔHmix = 0. It means that no heat is
absorbed or released. • The volume of mixing is zero, ΔVmix = 0. It means that the volume of
the solution is equal to the sum of the volume of components. The ideal solution is possible
with components of the same size and polarity. There is no association, dissociation or
reaction taking place between components. A perfect ideal solution is rare but some solutions
are near to the ideal solution. Examples are Benzene and toluene, hexane and heptane,
bromoethane and chloroethane, chlorobenzene and bromobenzene, etc. Non-ideal Solution
When a solution does not obey Raoult’s law for all the concentration and temperature ranges
it is known as a non-ideal solution. A non-ideal solution may show positive or negative
deviation from Raoult’s law. ΔHmix and ΔVmix for non-ideal solutions are not equal to zero. a)
Non-ideal solution showing positive deviation Here the total vapour pressure is higher than
that calculated from Raoult’s equation. The interaction between solute-solvent (A-B) is
weaker than those of pure components (A-A or B-B). The ΔHmix and ΔVmix are positive. E.g.
ethanol and acetone, carbon disulphide and acetone, acetone and benzene, etc. b) Non-ideal
solution showing negative deviation Here the total vapour pressure is lower than that
calculated from Raoult’s equation. The interaction between solute-solvent (A-B) is stronger
than those of pure components (A-A or B-B). The ΔHmix and ΔVmix are negative. E.g. phenol
and aniline, chloroform and acetone, etc.

(i). Give example of solution showing negative deviation

(ii) What type of interaction between solute and solvent(A &B) for ideal solution?

(iii)What is the nature of ∆H of mixing for solution showing negative and positive deviation
OR

(iii) Define Azeotrope mixture showing negative deviation with one


example.
32. Read the passage to answer the questions given below:
When a protein in its native form, is subjected to physical changes like change in temperature
or chemical changes like change in pH, the hydrogen bonds are disturbed. Due to this,
globules unfold and helix get uncoiled and protein loses its biological activity. This is called
denaturation of protein. The denaturation causes change in secondary and tertiary structures
but primary structures remain intact. Examples of denaturation of protein are coagulation of
egg white on boiling, curding of milk, formation of cheese when an acid is added to
milk.
(i)How many peptide bonds are formed when four amino acids combined?
(ii)Write the structure of zewitter ion of amino acids.
(iii)Differentiate between essential and non essential aminoacids with examples
OR
(iii) Give differences between fibrous protein and globular protein.

SECTION E
33. A compound ‘X’ (C2H4O) on oxidation gives ‘Y’ (C2H4O2). ‘X’ undergoes haloform
reaction. On treatment with HCN ‘X’ forms a product ‘V which on hydrolysis gives 2-
hydroxy propanoic acid.
(i) Write down structures of ‘X’ and ‘Y’.
(ii) Name the product when ‘X’ reacts with dil. NaOH.
(iii) Write down the equations for the reactions involved
OR
(i) Fluoro acetic acid is a stronger acid than acetic acid.
(ii)Carboxylic acids has higher boiling points than alcohols of same no. of carbon atoms.
(iii)Ethanoic acid has molar mass of 120 in vapour state.
1 1
34. Explain giving reasons: (12 , 12 , 2)

(a)Why is the enthalpy of atomization increases up to the middle of transition series and then
decreases.
(b)What is the reason of transition elements to exhibit variable oxidation state?
(c) Why E° values for Mn, Ni and Zn are more negative than expected?
OR
Comment on the following:
(a) Zr and Hf have similar sizes
(b) Actinoids show greater no. of oxidation state than Lanthanoids.
(c) The 4d and 5d series of transition metals have more frequent metal-metal bonding in their
compound than in 3d metals.
35. (a)The cell in which the following reaction occurs: (3,2)
2 Fe3+(aq) + 2I- (aq) → 2 Fe2+(aq) + I2(s)
has E0cell = 0.236 V at 298K. Calculate the standard Gibbs energy and equilibrium constant of
the cell reaction. (Antilog of 6.5 = 3.162 x 106 ; of 7.983 = 9.616 X 107 ; of 8.5 = 3.162 x
108)
(b) Calculate the pH of the half-cell: Pt, H2/ H2SO4. The oxidation electrode potential is =
0.3 V
OR
(a) The molar conductivity of a 1.5 M solution of an electrolyte is found to be 138.9 S
cm2 mol-1. Calculate the conductivity of the solution. (2,2,1)
(b) Calculate the strength of the current required to deposit 1.2 g of magnesium from the
molten MgCl2 in 1 hour.
(c) Why a cell stops working after sometime?
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 4
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

QUESTION PAPER

General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A

The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each
question carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.

1. In the following reaction-


𝑅𝑒𝑑 𝑃+𝐻𝐼
𝐶2 𝐻5 𝑂𝐶2 𝐻5 + 4𝐻 → 2𝑋 + 𝐻2 𝑂, X is-
i. Ethane
ii. Ethylene
iii. Butane
iv. Propane

2. Reaction of C6H5CH2Br with aqueous sodium hydroxide follows:


i. SN1 reaction
ii. SN2 reaction
iii. Any of the above two depending upon the temperature of the reaction.
iv. Saytzeff rule
3. Lanthanoid contraction is caused due to
i. Atomic number
ii. Size of 4f orbitals
iii. Effective nuclear charge
iv. Poor shielding effect of 4f electrons
4. Which of the following expression is correct for the rate of reaction given below?

5𝐵𝑟 − (𝑎𝑞) + 𝐵𝑟𝑂3− (𝑎𝑞) + 6𝐻 + (𝑎𝑞) → 3𝐵𝑟2 (𝑎𝑞)

+ 3𝐻2 𝑂 (𝑙)

∆[𝐵𝑟]− ∆[𝐻 + ]
i. =5
∆𝑡 ∆𝑡

∆[𝐵𝑟]− 6 ∆[𝐻 + ]
ii. =5
∆𝑡 ∆𝑡

∆[𝐵𝑟]− 5 ∆[𝐻 + ]
iii. =6
∆𝑡 ∆𝑡

∆[𝐵𝑟]− ∆[𝐻 + ]
iv. ∆𝑡
=6 ∆𝑡

5. An electrochemical cell behaves like an electrolytic cell when

i. Ecell = Eexternal

ii. Ecell = 0

iii. Eexternal > Ecell

iv. Eexternal < Ecell

6. Consider the reaction A⟶B; the concentration of both the reactants and the products varies
exponentially with time. Which of the following figures correctly describes the change in
concentration of reactants and products with time?

i.

ii.
iii.

iv.

7. Propanamide on reaction with bromine in aqueous NaOH gives:


i. Propanamine
ii. Ethanamine
iii. N-Methylethanamine
iv. Propanenitrile

8. Atomic number of Mn, Fe and Co are 25, 26 and 27 respectively. Which of the
following inner orbital octahedral complex ions are diamagnetic?
i. [Co(NH3)6]3+

ii. [Mn(CN)6]3-

iii. [Fe(CN)6]3-

iv. [None of these]

9. The following reaction is-


𝐶2 𝐻5 𝐶𝑙 + 𝐶𝐻3 𝑂𝑁𝑎 → 𝐶2 𝐻5 𝑂𝐶𝐻3 + 𝑁𝑎𝐶𝑙

i. Mendius Reduction
ii. Carbylamine reaction
iii. Williamson’s synthesis
iv. Finkelstein reaction

10. Methylamine reacts with HNO2 to form ____________________


i. CH3 – O - N=O
ii. CH3 – O – CH3
iii. CH3OH
iv. CH3CHO

11. The conductivity of electrolytic conductors is due to ________________

i. Flow of free moving electrons.

ii. Movement of ions

iii. Either movement of electrons or ions

iv. None of above

12. For a zero-order reaction, the slope in the plot of [R] vs. time is:
−𝑘
i. 2.303

ii. -k
+𝑘
iii. 2.303

iv. +k

13. Which of the following options are correct for [Fe(CN)6]3- complex?

i. Sp3 hybridisation
ii. Sp3d2 hybridisation
iii. Paramagnetic
iv. Diamagnetic

14. What kind of compounds undergo Cannizaro reaction?

i. Ketones with no α- hydrogen


ii. Aldehydes with α- hydrogen
iii. Carboxylic acids with α- hydrogen
iv. Aldehydes with no α- hydrogen

15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)

Assertion (A): Ethers behave as bases in the presence of mineral acids.


Reason (R): Due to presence of lone pair of electrons on oxygen.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

16. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): D (+)- Glucose is dextrorotatory in nature.
Reason (R): ‘D’ represents its dextrorotatory nature.

Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false but R is true.

17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)

Assertion (A): In transition elements, the ns orbital is filled up first and (n-1)d
afterwards. During ionization, ns electrons are lost prior to (n-1)d electrons.
Reason (R): The effective nuclear charge felt by (n-1)d electrons is higher as compared
to that by ns electrons.

Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false but R is true.

18. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)

Assertion(A): Aniline does not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction.


Reason (R ): -NH2 group of aniline reacts with AlCl3 (Lewis acid) to give acid-base
reaction.

Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a) Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b) Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c) A is true but R is false.
d) A is false but R is true.

SECTION B

This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.

19. A first order reaction has a rate constant 1.15 x 10-3 s-1. How long will 5 g of this
reactant take to reduce to 3g?

OR
a) What is the order of reaction whose rate constant has same units as the rate of reaction?
b) For a reaction 𝐴 + 𝐻2 𝑂 → 𝐵, Rate α [A]. What is the order of reaction?

20. What happens when D – glucose is treated with the following reagents
a) Bromine water
b) HNO3

21. With the help of resonating structures explain the effect of nitro group at ortho
position in chlorobenzene.

OR

Carry out the following conversion in not more than 2 steps:

a) Aniline to chlorobenzene
b) 2-Bromopropane to 1-Bromopropane

22. (a) Using crystal field theory, write the electronic configuration of iron ion in the
following complex ion. Also predict its magnetic behaviour:
[Fe(H2O)]2+

(b) Predict the geometry of [Ni(CN)4]2-

23. E0cell for the given redox reaction is 2.71V.


2+ 2+
𝑀𝑔 + 𝐶𝑢(0.01𝑀) → 𝑀𝑔(0.001𝑀) + 𝐶𝑢

Calculate Ecell for the reaction. Write the direction of flow of current when an external
opposite potential applied is:
a) Less than 2.71V
b) Greater than 2.71V
24. Explain how and why will the rate of reaction for a given reaction be affected when
a) a catalyst is added
b) the temperature at which the reaction was taking place is decreased.

25. Write the IUPAC names of the following :


SECTION C

This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The
following questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.

26. Write the equations for the following reactions:


a) Reimer Tieman Reaction
b) Coupling reaction
c) Kolbe’s reaction

27. Using valence bond theory, predict following in [CO(CN)6]3—


a) Hybridization
b) Magnetic behaviour
c) Geometry of the complex ion

28. Give reasons:


a) Cooking is faster in pressure cooker than in cooking pan.
b) Red blood cells (RBCs) shrink when placed in saline water but swells in distilled
water.

29. How would you account for the following :


(a) Aniline is a weaker base than cyclohexyl amine.
(b) Methylamine in aqueous medium gives reddish-brown precipitate with FeCl3
(c) Electrophilic substitution in case of aromatic amines takes place more readily than
benzene.

OR
Give the chemical tests to distinguish between the following pairs of compounds :
(a) Ethyl amine and Aniline
(b) Aniline and Benzylamine
( c) Aniline and N-methylaniline

30. (a) Why are alkyl halides are insoluble in water?


(b)Why is butan-1-chloride is optically inactive but butan-2-chloride is optically active
in nature?
(c) Although Chlorine is an electron withdrawing group yet it is ortho, para directing in
electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions. Why?
OR

(a) Rearrange the following in increasing ease of dehydrohalogenation:


CH3 CH2CH2Cl, CH3CHClCH3, CH3CCl(CH3)2
(b)Arrange the following in decreasing order of reactivity towards SN2 reaction:
C2H5Br, C2H5I, C2H5Cl
(c)Arrange the following in decreasing order of reactivity towards SN1 reaction:
(CH3)3CBr, (CH3)2CHBr, CH3CH2CH2Br

SECTION D

The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal
choice and carries 4 (1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the
questions that follow.

31. Protien are the most abundant biomolecules of the living system.The chief sources of
protein are milk, cheese,pulses,fish, meat, peanuts, etc. They are found in every part of
the body and form a fundamental basis of structure and functions of life. These are also
required for growth and maintenance of body. The word protein is derived from greek
word ‘proteios’ meaning ‘primary’ or ‘of prime importance’. Chemically, proteins are
the polymers in which the monomeric units are the α-amino acids. Amino acids contain
amino (-NH2) and carboxyl (-COOH) functional groups. Depending upon the relative
position of amino group with respect to carboxyl group, the amino acids can be
classified as α, β, γ, δ Amino acids which are synthesized by the body are called non
essentials imno acid. On the other hand those amino acids which cannot be synthesized
in the human body and are supplied in the form of diet (because they are required for
proper health and growth ) are called essential amino acids.

a. Amino acids show amphoteric behavior. Why?

b. _______________is a basic amino acid ?

c. What type of bonding helps in stabilizing the α-helix structure of proteins ?

d. What do you mean by denaturation of protein. Give one example.

OR

what is meant by a peptide linkage? Explain with one example.

32. Henna is investigating the melting point of different salt solutions.


She makes a salt solution using 10 mL of water with a known mass of NaCl salt. She
puts the salt solution into a freezer and leaves it to freeze.
She takes the frozen salt solution out of the freezer and measures the
temperature when the frozen salt solution melts.
She repeats each experiment.
S.No Mass of the salt Melting point in 0C
used in g
Readings Set 1 Reading Set 2
1 0.3 -1.9 -1.9
2 0.4 -2.5 -2.6
3 0.5 -3.0 -5.5
4 0.6 -3.8 -3.8
5 0.8 -5.1 -5.0
6 1.0 -6.4 -6.3

Assuming the melting point of pure water as 0oC, answer the following
questions:
a. One temperature in the second set of results does not fit the pattern.
Which temperature is that? Justify your answer.
b. Why did Henna collect two sets of results?
c. In place of NaCl, if Henna had used glucose, what would have been the
melting point of the solution with 0.6 g glucose in it?

OR
What is the predicted melting point if 1.2 g of salt is added to 10 mL of water?
Justify your answer.

SECTION E

33. The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions
have an internal choice.

a) The resistance of 0.01 M NaCl solution at 25° C is 200 Ω. The cell constant of the
conductivity cell used is unity. Calculate the molar conductivity of the solution.

b) When acidulated water (dilute H2SO4) is electrolysed, will the pH of the solution be
affected? Justify your answer.

c) Which gas is evolved at cathode when an aqueous solution of NaCl is electrolysed?

OR

a) Consider a cell given below


Cu | Cu2+ || Cl- | Cl2, Pt
Write the reaction that occur at anode and cathode.

b) The molar conductivity of a 1.5 M solution of an electrolyte is found to be 138.9 S cm2


mol-1. Calculate the conductivity of the solution.
c) What flows in the internal circuit of a galvanic cell?

34. An organic compound (A) has a characteristic odor. On treatment with NaOH, it forms
two compounds (B) and (C). Compound (B) has molecular formula C7H80 which on
oxidation gives back (A). The compound (C) is a sodium salt of an acid. When (C) is
treated with soda lime it yields an aromatic hydrocarbon (D).
a) Deduce the structures of (A), (B), (C) and (D).
b) Write the sequence of reactions involved

OR
A compound ‘X’ (C2H4O) on oxidation gives ‘Y’ (C2H4O2). ‘X’ undergoes haloform
reaction. On treatment with HCN ‘X’ forms a product ‘Y’ which on hydrolysis gives 2-
hydroxy propanoic acid.
a) Write down structures of ‘X’ and ‘Y’.
b) Name the product when ‘X’ reacts with dil NaOH.
c) Write down the equations for the reactions involved.

35. Answer the following:


a) Out of Ag2SO4, CuF2, MgF2, CuCl which compound will be coloured?
b) Mn (II) shows maximum paramagnetic character amongst the divalent ions of the
first transition series. Why?
c) Explain why Ce+4 is a stronger oxidizing agent ?
d) Why is K2Cr2O7 will generally preferred over Na2Cr2O7 in volumetric analysis
although both are oxidizing agent.
e) What is the effect of pH on dichromate ion solution?
11
12
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 5
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3HRS MM: 70
General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A

The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each question
carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.

Q-1- What is the mass percentage of carbon tetrachloride if 22g of benzene is dissolved in 122g
of carbon tetrachloride?
(a) 84.72% (b) 15.28 %
(c) 50% (d) 44%
Q-2 2g of sugar is added to one litre of water to give sugar solution. What is the effect of
addition of sugar on the boiling point and freezing point of water?
(a) Both boiling point and freezing point increase.
(b) Both boiling point and freezing point decrease.
(c) Boiling point increases and freezing point decreases.
(d) Boiling point decreases and freezing point increases.
Q-3- If the concentration is expressed in mol litre -1 and time in second, then the units of rate
constant for the first order reactions are
(a) Mol litre -1 s -1 (b) Mol -1 litre s -1
(c) s -1 (d) Mol 2 litre -2 s -1

Q-4- Which of the following statement is not correct for the reaction?
4A + B ----> 2C + 2D

(a) The rate of disappearance of B is one-fourth the rate of disappearance of A


(b) The rate of appearance of C is one-half the rate of disappearance of B
(c) The rate of formation of D is one-half the rate of consumption of A
(d) The rate of formation of C and D are equal.
Q-5- HCl is not used to make the medium acidic in oxidation reactions of KMnO4 in acidic
medium because:-

(a) Both HCl and KMnO4 acts as oxidizing agents.


(b) KMnO4 oxidises HCI to Cl2 which also is an oxidizing agent.
(c) KMnO4 is a weaker oxidizing agent
(d) KMnO4 acts as a reducing agent in the presence of HCl

Q-6- Among the following which arc ambidentate ligands?


(i) SCN–
(ii) NO−3
(iii) NO−2
(iv) C2O2−4

(a) (i) and (iii)


(b) (i) and (iv)
(c) (ii) and (iii)
(d) (ii) and (iv)

Q-7- For the square planar complex |Mabcd| where M is the central atom and a, b. c, d are
monodentate ligands, the number of possible geometrical isomers are

(a) 1
(b) 2
(c) 3
(d) 4

Q-8- Phenol can be distinguished from ethanol by the reaction with

a) Br2 water
b) Na
c) Cl2 water
d) All above

Q-9- Salicylic acid on heating with acetic anhydride in basic medium gives

a) Aspirin b) Methyl salicylate


c) Phenyl salicylate d) Acetyl salicylat
Q-10-Through which of the following reactions number of carbon atoms can be increased in the
chain?

(a) Grignard reaction (b) Cannizzaro’s reaction


(c) Rosenmund Reductions (d) HVZ reaction
Q-11-What is the test to differentiate between penta-2-one and pentan-3-one?

(a) Iodoform test


(b) Benedict’s test
(c) Fehling’s test
(d) Aldol condensation test

Q-12-The best oxidising agent- for oxidation of


CH3-CH = CH-CHO to CH3-CH = CH-COOH is

(a) Bayer’s reagent


(b) Tollen’s reagent
(c) SchifFs reagent
(d) Acidified dichromate

Q-13- Identify the correct IUPAC name

(a) (CH3CH2)2NCH3 = N-Ethyl-N-methylethanamine


(b) (CH3)3CNH2 = 2-methylpropan-2-amine
(c) CH3NHCH (CH3)2 = N-Methylpropan-2-amine
(d) (CH3)2CHNH2 = 2, 2-Dimethyl-N-propanamine

Q-14- Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of basicity:

CH3NH2, (CH3)2 NH, NH3, C6H5NH2

(a) C6H5NH2 < NH3 < (CH3)2NH < CH3NH2


(b) CH3NH2 < (CH3)2NH < NH3 < C6H5NH2
(c) C6H5NH2 < CH3NH2<(CH3)2NH
(d) (CH3)2NH < CH3NH2 < C6H5NH2

15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion:- If in a zero order reaction, the concentration of the reactant is doubled, the half-life
period is also doubled.
Reason:- For a zero order reaction, the rate of reaction is independent of initial concentration
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
Q-16- Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion :- Actinoids form relatively less stable complexes as compared to lanthanoids.
Reason :- Actinoids can utilise their 5f orbitals along with 6d orbitals in bonding but lanthanoids
do not use their 4f orbital for bonding.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
Q-17- Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion : Phenol is more reactive than benzene towards electrophilic substitution reaction.
Reason : In the case of phenol, the intermediate carbocation is more resonance stabilized.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
Q-18- Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion: In methanol, all the four atoms are in the same plane
Reason: The carbon atom in methanol is sp2 hybridized
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
SECTION B

This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions
are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.

Q-19.1.00 g of a non-electrolyte solute dissolved in 50 g of benzene lowered the freezing point


of benzene by 0.40 K. The freezing point depression constant of benzene is 5.12 K kg mol-
1.Find the molar mass of the solute.

Q-20-(a) For a reaction A + B → P, the rate law is given by, r = k[A] 1/2 [B]2 . What is the order
of this reaction?
(b) A first order reaction is found to have a rate constant k = 5.5 × 10-14 s -1 . Find the half-life
of the reaction.

OR
A first order gas phase reaction: A2B2(g) → 2A(g) + 2B(g) at the temperature 400°C has the rate
constant k = 2.0 × 10-4 sec-1 . What percentage of A2B2 is decomposed on heating for 900
seconds? (Antilog 0.0781 = 1.197)

Q-21- Write following name reactions:


(a) Sandmayer reaction (b) Swart’sreaction

OR
What are the enantiomers? Draw the possible enantiomers of 3-Methylpent-1-ene

Q-22-Explain why is Chlorobenzene difficult to hydrolyse than ethyl chloride ?

Q-23-The treatment of alkyl chlorides with aq KOH leads to the formation of alcohols but in
presence of alcoholic KOH, alkenes are the major products. Explain.
Q-24- Write down the structures and names of the products formed when D-glucose is treated
with (i) Hydroxylamine (ii) Acetic anhydride.

Q-25- Define the following (i) Peptide linkage (ii) Primary structure of proteins.

SECTION C

This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions
are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.

Q-26-Calculate the freezing point of a solution containing 0.5 g KCI (Molar mass = 74.5 g/ mol)
dissolved in 100 g water, assuming KCI to be 92% ionised. Kf of water = 1.86 K kg / mol.

Q-27-Write the Nernst equation and emf of the following cell at 298K.

Mg (s) | Mg2+ (0.001M) Cu2+ (0.0001M) | Cu (s)

Given that, E0 Mg2+/Mg = -2.36V E0 Cu2+/Cu =0.34 V

Q-28- Explain [Co(NH3)6] 3+ is an inner orbital complex whereas [Ni(NH3)6] 2+ is an outer orbital
complex

Q-29- (a) How can we produce nitro benzene from phenol ?

(b)Why are reactions of alcohol/phenol and with acid chloride in the presence of pyridine?

(c) How is tert-butyl alcohol obtained from acetone?

Q-30- (i) Write two differences between DNA and RNA. (2)

(ii) Write one difference between nucleotide and nucleoside. (1)

OR

Define the following terms: (i) Glycosidic linkage (ii) Invert sugar (iii) Oligosaccharides

SECTION D

The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and
carries 4 (1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.

Q-31- Read the passage given below and answer the following questions:

The constant k is the reaction rate constant or rate coefficient of the reaction. Its value may
depend on conditions such as temperature, ionic strength, surface area of an adsorbent, or light
irradiation.

The integrated rate equations can be fitted with kinetic data to determine the order of a reaction.
The integrated rate equations for zero, first and second order reactions are:

Zero order: [A] = - kt + [A]0

First order: log [A] = -kt/2.303 + log [A]0


Second order: 1/[A] = kt + 1/[A]0

These equations can also be used to calculate the half-life periods of different reactions, which
give the time during which the concentration of a reactant is reduced to half of its initial
concentration, i.e. at time t1/2; [A] = [A]0/2

(a) For a second order reaction, rate at a particular time is x. If the initial concentration is tripled,
the rate will become

(b) What will be the plot of [A] versus t for zero order reaction

(c) The rate for the first order reaction is 0.0069 mol L-1min-1 and the initial concentration is 0.2
mol L-1. The half-life period is

OR

The decomposition of nitrogen pentoxide:

2N2O5 (g) ----→ 4NO2 (g) + O2 (g)

Is a first order reaction. The plot of log [N2O5] vs time (min) has slope = - 0.01389. the rate
constant k will be?

Q-32- Read the passage given below and answer the following questions:

The process of conversion of a primary aromatic amino compound into a diazonium salt is
known as diazotization. This process is carried out by adding an aqueous solution of sodium
nitrite to a solution of primary aromatic amine (e.g., aniline) in excess of HCl at a temperature
below 5°C. Nitrous acid reacts with all classes of amines; The products obtained from these
reactions depend on whether the amine is primary, secondary or tertiary and whether the amine is
aliphatic or aromatic. Aliphatic Primary amines react with nitrous acid (NaNO2 + HCI) to form
alcohol as major product.

(a) Which of the following compounds reacts with NaNO2 and HCl at 0-4°C to give
alcohol/phenol?

(b) Why is the reason for the stability of aromatic diazonium salts?

(c) The end product Z of the reaction

OR

Identify ‘Z’ in the sequence?


SECTION-E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have an
internal choice.

Q-33- (i)The emf of the following cell at 298K is 0.745V.

Fe(s) | Fe2+ (0.1M) || H + (x M) | H2 (g) (1 bar) | Pt (s)

Given E0 Fe2+/Fe = -0.44V

Calculate the H+ ions concentration of the solution at the electrode where hydrogen is being
produced.

(ii) Why on dilution the ˄m of CH3COOH increase drastically, while that of CH3COONa
increase gradually?

Q-34- Assign the reason for the following:-

(a) Transition elements form complex compounds.

(b) Transition elements are used to make alloy.

(c) Transition elements form interstitial compounds

(d). Of the d4 species,Cr2+ is strongly reducing while Mn3+ is strongly oxdising.

(e) La3+(Z =57) and Lu3+ (Z = 71) do not show any colouring solutions

Or

Assign the reason for the following

(a) The enthalpies of atomization of transition elements are quite high.

(b) The transition metals generally form coloured compounds.

(c) Transition metals are well known to form complex compounds.

(d) Transition metals and their compounds generally exhibit a paramagnetic behavior.

(e) Zn, Cd, Hg are not regarded as a transition elements.

Q-35- (a) p-Dichlorbenzene has higher melting point and lower solubility than those of o- and m-
isomers. Discuss.
(b) The treatment of alkyl chlorides with aq KOH leads to the formation of alcohols but in
presence of alcoholic KOH, alkenes are the major products. Explain.
(c) What is Lucas reagent?
(d) Tert-butyl chloride reacts with aq. NaOH by SN1 mechanism while n-butyl chloride reacts by
SN2 mechanism. Why ?
(e) Allyl Chloride is more reactive than n-propyl Chloride towards nucleophilic substitution
reactions. Explain.
OR
How are the following conversions carried out?
(i)Ethanol to propane nitrile
(ii)Aniline to chloro benzene
(iii)2-Chloro butane to 3, 4-dimethyl hexane
(iv)2-Methyl-1-propene to 2-chloro-2-methylpropane
(v)Ethyl chloride to propanoic acid
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 6
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME : 3Hrs MM: 70
General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A

The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each question
carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.

1. Acid catalyzed hydration of alkene except ethane leads to the formation of :


a. Mixture of secondary and tertiary alcohols
b. Mixture of primary and secondary alcohols
c. Secondary or tertiary alcohols
d. Primary alcohol

2. Molecules whose mirror image is non super imposable over them are known as chiral. Which of
the following molecules is chiral in nature?

a. 2-Bromobutane
b. 1-Bromobutane
c. 2-Bromopropane
d. 2-Bromopropan-2-ol
3. Which of the following statements is not correct?
a. Na2Cr2O7 is preferred over K2Cr2O7 in volumetric analysis
b. K2Cr2O7 solution in acidic medium is orange
c. K2Cr2O7 solution becomes yellow on increasing the pH beyond 7
d. On passing H2S through acidified K2Cr2O7 solution, a milky colour is observed.
4. Which of the following is correct for a first order reaction?
a. 𝑡1/2 ∝ a
b. 𝑡1/2 ∝ 1/a
c. 𝑡1/2 ∝ 𝑎0
1
d. 𝑡1/2 ∝ 𝑎2
5. Consider the following diagram and mark the correct option:

a. Activation energy of forward reaction is E1 + E2 and product is less stable than


reactant.
b. Activation energy of forward reaction is E1 + E2 and product is more stable than
reactant.
c. Activation energy of both forward and backward reaction is E1 + E2 and reactant is
more stable than product.
d. Activation energy of backward reaction is E1 and product is more stable than
reactant.
6. The charge required for the reduction of 1 mol of MnO4– to MnO2 is

a. 1F
b. 3F
c. 5F
d. 6F

7. Which of the following is correct decreasing order of basicity of amines in gas phase?
a. (CH3)2NH > (CH3)3N > CH3NH2 > NH3
b. (CH3)3N > (CH3)2 NH > CH3NH2> NH3
c. (CH3)2NH > CH3NH2>(CH3)3N > NH3
d. (CH3)3N > CH3NH2> (CH3)2NH > NH3
8. From the stability constant (hypothetical values) given below, predict the most stable complex?

a. Cu2+ + 4NH3⇌ [Cu(NH3)4]2+ (k = 4.5 × 1011)


b. Cu2+ + 2en⇌ [Cu(en)2]2+ (k= 3.0 × 1015)
c. Cu2+ + 4 CN -⇌ [Cu(CN)4]2- (k = 2.0 × 1027)
d. Cu2+ + 4H2O⇌ [Cu(H2O)]2+(k = 9.5 × 108)

9. ‘A’ reacts with C2H5I giving ‘B’ and NaI. Here ‘A’ and ‘B’ respectively, are:

a. A=CH3COONa, B=CH3OCH3
b. A=C2H5ONa, B=C2H5O C2H5
2
c. A=C2H5OC2H5, B=C2H5OC2H5
d. A=C2H5OH, B=C2H5OC2H5

10. Which of the following when heated with a mixture of ethanamine and alcoholic potash gives
ethyl isocyanide?
a. 2-chloropropane .
b. 2,2-dichloropropane
c. trichloromethane
d. tetrachloromethane

11. Formaldehyde reacts with Grignard’s reagent to give addition products which on hydrolysis give
a. tertiary alcohols
b. secondary alcohols
c. primary alcohols
d. carboxylic acids
12. The value of rate constant of a pseudo first order reaction:
a. Depend on the concentration of reactants present in small amount
b. Depend on the concentration of reactants present in excess amount
c. Independent of the concentration of reactants
d. Depend only on temperature

13. Clemmensen reduction of a ketone is carried out in the presence of which of the following :
a. H2 / Pt
b. LiAlH4
c. Ethylene glycol /KOH
d. Zn – Hg / HCl

14.

The above splitting of d – orbitals takes place in the formation of :


a. tetrahedral complexes
b. square planar complexes
c. octahedral complexes
d. both tetrahedral and square planar complexes .

15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Bond angle in ether is slightly less than the tetrahedral angle.
Reason (R): There is a repulsion between the two bulky (-R) groups.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
3
d. A is false but R is true.

16. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)

Assertion (A): All naturally occurring -amino acids except glycine are optically active.
Reason (R): Most naturally occurring amino acids have L-configuration.
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)

Assertion : Aniline is stronger base than ammonia.


Reason : In aniline electron density decreases at nitrogen due to mesomeric effect.
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

18. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)

Assertion (A): Ionic radii of M3+ ions of Lanthanoids decrease with increase in atomic number
Reason (R): M3+ ions of Lanthanoids have stable electronic configuration
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions are
very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.

19. The rate constant for a first order reaction is 60 s-1. How much time will it take to reduce the
initial concentration of the reactants to its 1/16th value?
(Given: log 2 = 0.3010)

20. a. Name the monomers that are obtained on hydrolysis of Lactose


b. Differentiate between amylose and amylopectin
OR
a. Glucose on treating with HCN yield Cyanohydrin what does it indicate
b. What does the symbols α,D,(-) indicate in α -D-(-)-Glucose

4
21. Which would undergo SN2 reaction faster in the following pairs and why?
a. 1- Bromo-2-methylbutane or 2- Bromo-2-methylbutane.
b. 2-Bromopentane or 1-Bromopentane.

OR

Haloalkanes react with KCN to form alkyl cyanide as the main product while with AgCN it forms
alkyl isocyanide as the chief product .Explain.

22. a.Write IUPAC name for the compound : [CoCl2 (en)2 ]Cl
b. Out of the following two coordination entities which is chiral (optically active) and Why ?
(1) cis-[CrCl2 (ox)2 ] 3– (2) trans-[CrCl2 (ox)2 ] 3–

23. At 298 K, the molar conductivities at infinite dilution of NH4Cl, NaOH and NaCl are 129.8, 217.4
and 108.9 Scm2mol-1 respectively. If molar conductivity of 0.01 M NH4OH solution is 9.33 S
cm2mol-1, calculate degree of dissociation of NH4OH at this dilution.

24. For a certain chemical reaction variation in concentration [A] vs. time (s) plot is given below:

a. Predict the order of the given reaction?


b. What is the unit of rate constant k ?

25. a Arrange the following compounds in an increasing order of their reactivity in nucleophilic
addition reactions: Ethanal, Propanal, Propanone, and Butanone.
b Give a chemical test to distinguish between Ethanal and Propanal.

SECTION C

This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions are
short answer type and carry 3 marks each.

26. Write the equations for the following reaction:


a. Propan-2-ol is heated with H3PO4/440 K
b. 2-Methoxy-2-methyl is treated with HI

5
c. Phenol is treated with carbondioxide in the presence of NaOH followed by acid
catalysed hydration.

27. Compare the following complexes with respect to their shape, magnetic behaviour and
the hybrid orbitals involved:
a. [CoF6]3-
b. [Cr(H2O)2(C2O2)2]-
c. [Ni(CO)4]
(At. No.: Co = 27, Cr = 24,Ni = 28)
OR
a. Write the IUPAC name of the isomer of the following complex:
[Cr(H2O)5Cl]Cl2.H2O
b. Draw all the isomers (geometrical and optical) of:
[Co(NH3)Cl(en)2] 2+

28. Answer the following:


a. The boiling point of benzene is 353.23 K. When 1.80 g of a non-volatile solute was
dissolved in 90 g of benzene, the boiling point is raised to 354.11 K. Calculate the
molar mass of the solute. Kb for benzene is 2.53 Kkgmol–1
b. Why is freezing point depression of 0.1M sodium chloride solution nearly twice that
of 0.1 M glucose solution?

29. Give reasons for any 3 of the following observations:


a. Diazonium salts of aromatic amines are more stable than those of aliphatic amines.
b. Aromatic primary amines cannot be prepared by Gabriel phthalimide synthesis.
c. Aniline does not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction.
d. m-Nitroaniline is the dominating product than o- Nitroaniline during reaction with
nitrating mixture at 288 K.

30. Write the main product(s) in each of the following reactions:


𝑃𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑑𝑒
a. CH3CH=C(CH3)2 + HBr →
b. C6H5ONa + C2H5Cl →
𝑎𝑐𝑒𝑡𝑜𝑛𝑒
c. CH3CH2CH2Cl + NaI
ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑡

OR

a. What happens when:


(i) N-butylchloride is treated with alcoholic KOH
(ii) Chloroform is exposed to sunlight and air.
b. Write a chemical test to distinguish between Chloroethane and Chlorobenzene

6
SECTION D

The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and
carries 4 (1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.

31. Proteins are the polymers of -amino acids and they are connected to each other by peptide
bond or peptide linkage. Chemically, peptide linkage is an amide formed between -COOH
group and -NH2 group. The reaction between two molecules of similar or different amino
acids , proceeds through the combination of the amino group of one molecule with the
carboxyl group of the other. This results in the elimination of a water molecule and
formation of a peptide bond -CO-NH -. The product of the reaction is called a dipeptide
because it is made up of two amino acids. For example, when carboxyl group of glycine
combines with the amino group of alanine we get a dipeptide, glycylalanine. If a third amino
acid combines to a dipeptide, the product is called a tripeptide. A tripeptide contains three
amino strengthening acids linked by two peptide linkages. Similarly, when four, five or six
amino acids are linked, the respective products are known as tetrapeptide, pentapeptide or
hexapeptide, respectively. When the number of such amino acids is more than ten, then the
products are called polypeptides. A polypeptide with more than hundred amino acid
residues, having molecular mass higher than 10,000u is called a protein. However, the
distinction between a polypeptide and a protein is not very sharp. Polypeptides with fewer
amino acids are likely to be called proteins if they ordinarily have a well-defined
conformation of a protein such as insulin which contains 51 amino acids. Proteins can be
classified into two types on the basis of their molecular shape.

Fibrous proteins
Globular proteins
Answer the following questions:
a. Write zwitter ion structure of amino acid.
b. Which force/forces are responsible for a three dimensional structure of proteins.
c. Define denaturation of Proteins.
OR
Write differences between Fibrous and Globular proteins. Give one example of each
type.
32. When a solution does not obey Raoult’s law over the entire range of concentration, then it is
called non-ideal solution. The vapour pressure of such a solution is either higher or lower than that
predicted by Raoult’s law. If it is higher, the solution exhibits positive deviation and if it is lower, it
exhibits negative deviation from Raoult’s law.
The osmotic pressure of a solution is the excess pressure that must be applied to a solution to
prevent osmosis, i.e., to stop the passage of solvent molecules through a Semipermeable
7
membrane into the solution. Osmotic pressure is colligative property as it depends on the number
of solute molecules and not on their identity. For dilute solutions, it has been found experimentally
that osmotic pressure is proportional to the molarity, C of the Solution at a given temperature T.
Thus: π = CRT Here π is the osmotic pressure and R is the gas constant .
a) Define ideal solution.
b) What kind of deviation is found in solution of alcohol in water?
c) 200 cm3 of an aqueous solution of a protein contains 1.26 g of the protein. The osmotic
pressure of such a solution at 300 K is found to be 2.57 × 10-3 bar. Calculate the molar mass of the
protein.
OR
Why Osmotic Pressure is used to measure the molar mass of biomolecules?

SECTION E

The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have an
internal choice.

33. a. Write Nernst equation and calculate the EMF of the following cell at 298 K :-
Pt / Br2 / Br- ( 0.01 M) // H+ ( 0.001 M) / H2 (1 atm. ) / Pt
(EoBr2 / Br - = 1.08)

b. Write down the mechanism of rusting of iron

OR

a. The resistance of a conductivity cell containing 10–3M KCl solution at 25ºC is 1500 Ω. What is
the cell constant and molar conductivity if conductivity of 10–3 M KCl solution at 25°C is 1.5 ×
10–4 S cm–1?
b. How many Faraday’s are required for the following :-
(i) To get 0.5 moles of Ca from CaCl2 .
(ii) To decompose 8.7 moles MnO4 - to give Mn+2

34. a. Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of their boiling points:
CH3CHO, CH3CH2OH, CH3OCH3 , CH3CH2CH3
b. Write the structure of alkene that on ozonolysis give ketones only
c. 4-Nitro benzoic acid is more acidic than 4- methoxy benzoic acid. Give reason.
d. Explain the following reaction
i) Aldol condensation ii) Etard reaction
OR
a) Arrange the following compounds in increasing order of their acidity:
benzoic acid, nitro benzoic acid, methyl benzoic acid
b) What happens when Phenyl magnesium bromide react with dry ice
c) Write the reactions involved in the following:
(i) Hell-Volhard Zelinsky reaction.
(ii) Decarboxylation reaction .
(iii) Wollf-Kishner reduction.

8
35. Answer the following:

a. Describe the preparation of potassium permanganate.


b. How would you account for the following?
(i) With the same d-orbital configuration (d4) Cr2+ is a reducing agent while Mn3+ is an oxidizing
agent.
(ii) The actinoids exhibit a larger number of oxidation states than the corresponding members
in the lanthanoid series.
+1
(iii) Cu is unstable in aqueous solution. Explain.

9
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 7
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed
SECTION A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each
question carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.
1. Monochlorination of toluene in sunlight followed by hydrolysis with aq. NaOH yields.
(a) o-Cresol
(b) m-Cresol
(c) 2, 4-Dihydroxytoluene
(d) Benzyl alcohol
2. Which of the following alkyl halides will undergo SN1 reaction most readily?
(a) (CH3)3C—F
(b) (CH3)3C—Cl
(c) (CH3)3C—Br
(d) (CH3)3C—I
3. Generally transition elements form coloured salts due to the presence of unpaired
electrons. Which of the following compounds will be coloured in solid state?
(a) Ag2SO4
(b) CuF2
(c) ZnF2
(d) Cu2Cl2
4. Radioactive disintegration is an example of
(a) zero order reaction
(b) first order reaction
(c) second order reaction
(d) third order reaction
5. Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝐻4 𝑂𝐻) is equal to ______________.

(a) Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝐻4 𝑂𝐻) + Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝐻4 𝐶𝑙) − Λ0𝑚(𝐻𝐶𝑙)

(b) Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝐻4 𝐶𝑙) + Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻) − Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝑎𝐶𝑙)

(c) Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝐻4 𝐶𝑙) + Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝑎𝐶𝑙) − Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻)

(d) Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻) + Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝑎𝐶𝑙) − Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝐻4 𝐶𝑙)

6. Rate law for the reaction A + 2B → C is found to be Rate = k [A][B] Concentration of


reactant ‘B’ is doubled, keeping the concentration of ‘A’ constant, the value of rate constant
will be______.
(a) the same
(b) doubled
(c) quadrupled
(d) halved
7. Which of the following should be most volatile?
(a) CH3CH2CH2NH2
(b) (CH3)3N
(c) CH3CH2NHCH3
(d) CH3CH2CH3
8. The colour of the coordination compounds depends on the crystal field splitting. What will
be the correct order of absorption of wavelength of light in the visible region, for the
complexes, [Co(NH3)6]3+ , [Co(CN)6]3– , [Co(H2O)6]3+
(a) [Co(CN)6]3– > [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Co(H2O)6]3+
(b) [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Co(H2O)6]3+ > [Co(CN)6]3–
(c) [Co(H2O)6]3+ > [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Co(CN)6]3–
(d) [Co(CN)6]3– > [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Co(H2O)6]3+
9. Chloro-Ethane reacts with Which of the Following to Give Diethyl Ether?
(a) NaOH
(b) H2SO4
(c) C2H5ONa
(d) Na2S2O3
10. Tertiary amines have lowest boiling points amongst isomeric amines because
(a) they have highest molecular mass
(b) they do not form hydrogen bonds
(c) they are more polar in nature
(d) they are most basic in nature
11. The reagent which does not react with both, acetone and benzaldehyde.
(a) Sodium hydrogensulphite
(b) Phenyl hydrazine
(c) Fehling’s solution
(d) Grignard reagent
−𝐸𝑎⁄
12. Consider the Arrhenius equation given below and mark the correct option. k = A 𝑒 𝑅𝑇

(a) Rate constant increases exponentially with increasing activation energy and decreasing
temperature.
(b) Rate constant decreases exponentially with increasing activation energy and decreasing
temperature.
(c) Rate constant increases exponentially with decreasing activation energy and decreasing
temperature.
(d) Rate constant increases exponentially with decreasing activation energy and increasing
temperature.
13. When 1 mol CrCl3 ⋅6H2O is treated with excess of AgNO3 , 3 mol of AgCl are obtained.
The formula of the complex is :
(a) [CrCl3 (H2O)3 ]⋅3H2O
(b) [CrCl2 (H2O)4 ]Cl⋅2H2O
(c) [CrCl(H2O)5 ]Cl2 ⋅H2O
(d) [Cr(H2O)6 ]Cl3
14. In Clemmensen Reduction carbonyl compound is treated with _____________.
(a) Zinc amalgam + HCl
(b) Sodium amalgam + HCl
(c) Zinc amalgam + nitric acid
(d) Sodium amalgam + HNO3
15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Bond angle in ethers is slightly less than the tetrahedral angle.
Reason (R): There is a repulsion between the two bulky (—R) groups.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
16. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): All naturally occurring α-aminoacids except glycine are optically active.
Reason : Most naturally occurring amino acids have L-configuration.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Actinoids form relatively less stable complexes as compared to lanthanoids.
Reason : Actinoids can utilise their 5f orbitals along with 6d orbitals in bonding but
lanthanoids do not use their 4f orbital for bonding.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
18. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): N-Ethylbenzene sulphonamide is soluble in alkali.
Reason : Hydrogen attached to nitrogen in sulphonamide is strongly acidic
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19. Show that in a first order reaction, time required for completion of 99.9% is 10 times of
half-life (t1/2) of the reaction.
20. What happens when D-glucose is treated with the following reagents? (i) HI (ii) Bromine
water.
Or
Enumerate the reactions of D-glucose which cannot be explained by its open chain structure.
21. Haloalkanes react with KCN to form alkyl cyanides as main product while AgCN forms
isocyanides as the chief product. Explain.
Or
A hydrocarbon C5H10 does not react with chlorine in dark but gives a single monochloro
compound C5H9Cl in bright sunlight. Identify the hydrocarbon.
22. Give evidence that [Co(NH3 )5Cl]SO4 and [Co(NH3 )5 (SO4 )]Cl are ionisation isomers.
23. Explain how rusting of iron is envisaged as setting up of an electrochemical cell.
24. Mention the factors that affect the rate of a chemical reaction.
25. Predict the products formed when cyclohexanecarbaldehyde reacts with PhMgBr and then
H3O+

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
26. Give equations of the following reactions:
(i) Oxidation of propan-1-ol with alkaline KMnO4 solution.
(ii) Bromine in CS2 with phenol.
(iii) Dilute HNO3 with phenol.
27. [Cr(NH3)6]3+ is paramagnetic while [Ni(CN)4]2– is diamagnetic. Explain why?
28. a. State Henry’s law and mention some important applications.
b. Henry’s law constant for CO2 in water is 1.67x108 Pa at 298 K. Calculate the quantity of
CO2 in 500 mL of soda water when packed under 2.5 atm CO2 pressure at 298 K.
29. Give reasons for any 3 of the following observations:
(i) pKb of aniline is more than that of methylamine.
(ii) Although amino group is o– and p– directing in aromatic electrophilic substitution
reactions, aniline on nitration gives a substantial amount of m-nitroaniline.
(iii) Aniline does not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction.
(iv) Ethylamine is soluble in water whereas aniline is not.
30. Explain why
(i) the dipole moment of chlorobenzene is lower than that of cyclohexyl chloride?
(ii) alkyl halides, though polar, are immiscible with water?
(iii) Grignard reagents should be prepared under anhydrous conditions?
Or
What happens when
(i) n-butyl chloride is treated with alcoholic KOH,
(ii) bromobenzene is treated with Mg in the presence of dry ether,
(iii) methyl bromide is treated with sodium in the presence of dry ether?

SECTION D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and
carries 4 (1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that
follow.
31. Proteins are large, complex molecules that play many critical roles in the body. They do
most of the work in cells and are required for the structure, function, and regulation of the
body’s tissues and organs.
Proteins are made up of hundreds or thousands of smaller units called amino acids, which are
attached to one another in long chains. There are 20 different types of amino acids that can be
combined to make a protein. The sequence of amino acids determines each protein’s unique
3-dimensional structure and its specific function. Amino acids are coded by combinations of
three DNA building blocks (nucleotides), determined by the sequence of genes.

answer the following questions:


a. What type of bonding helps in stabilising the α-helix structure of proteins?
b. What are the common types of secondary structure of proteins?
c. The melting points and solubility in water of amino acids are generally higher than that of
the corresponding halo acids. Explain.
or
What are essential and non-essential amino acids? Give two examples of each type.
32. Osmotic pressure is the minimum pressure which needs to be applied to a solution to
prevent the inward flow of its pure solvent across a semipermeable membrane. It is also
defined as the measure of the tendency of a solution to take in a pure solvent by osmosis.
Potential osmotic pressure is the maximum osmotic pressure that could develop in a solution
if it were separated from its pure solvent by a semipermeable membrane.

Osmosis occurs when two solutions containing different concentrations of solute are
separated by a selectively permeable membrane. Solvent molecules pass preferentially
through the membrane from the low-concentration solution to the solution with higher solute
concentration. The transfer of solvent molecules will continue until equilibrium is attained.
answer the following questions:
a. What is “semi permeable membrane”?
b. What are isotonic solutions ?
c. Calculate the osmotic pressure in pascals exerted by a solution prepared by dissolving 1.0 g
of polymer of molar mass 185,000 in 450 mL of water at 37°C
or
One mole of table salt is dissolved in one litre of water. At a temperature of 27oC, what
would be the osmotic temperature of this solution?

SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have
an internal choice.
33. a. Calculate the emf of the cell in which the following reaction takes place:
Ni(s) + 2Ag+ (0.002 M) → Ni2+ (0.160 M) + 2Ag(s). Given that E°(cell)= 1.05 V
b. The cell in which the following reaction occurs:
2Fe3+ (aq )+2I- (aq) → 2Fe2+ (aq )+I2 (s) has E°cell = 0.236 V at 298 K. Calculate the standard
Gibbs energy and the equilibrium constant of the cell reaction.
Or
a. A solution of Ni(NO3)2 is electrolysed between platinum electrodes using a current of 5
amperes for 20 minutes. What mass of Ni is deposited at the cathode?
b. Conductivity of 0.00241 M acetic acid is 7.896 × 10–5 S cm–1. Calculate its molar
conductivity. If Λ0 m for acetic acid is 390.5 S cm2 mol–1, what is its dissociation constant?
34. An organic compound with the molecular formula C9H10O forms 2,4-DNP derivative,
reduces Tollens’ reagent and undergoes Cannizzaro reaction. On vigorous oxidation, it gives
1,2-benzenedicarboxylic acid. Identify the compound.
or
An organic compound (A) (molecular formula C8H16O2) was hydrolysed with dilute
sulphuric acid to give a carboxylic acid (B) and an alcohol (C). Oxidation of (C) with
chromic acid produced (B). (C) on dehydration gives but-1-ene. Write equations for the
reactions involved.
35. a. On what ground can you say that scandium (Z = 21) is a transition element but zinc (Z
= 30) is not?
b. The E0 (M2+/M) value for copper is positive (+0.34V). What is possible reason for this?
c. What is lanthanoid contraction?
D. Why is the highest oxidation state of a metal exhibited in its oxide or fluoride only?
e. What is the effect of increasing pH on a solution of potassium dichromate?
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 8
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
Time: 3 hours General Instructions: Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.

SECTION A
1. The standard electrode potentials for the half cell reactions are:
Zn → Zn2-– 2e– E° = 0.76 V
Fe → Fe2- + 2– E° = -0.41 V
The emf of the cell reaction
Fe2- + Zn → Zn2- + Fe is
(a) -0.35 V
(b) +0.35 V
(c) -1.17 V
(d) +1.17 V

2. In a reaction, 2X → Y, the concentration of X decreases from 0.50 M to 0.38 M in 10


min. What is the rate of reaction in Ms-1 during this interval?
(a) 2 × 10-4
(b) 4 × 10-2
(c) 2 × 10-2
(d) 1 × 10-2

3. What happens to the atomic size of lanthanides as the atomic number increases?
a. The radius remains unchanged
b. The radius first increases and then decreases
c. The radius increases
d. The radius decreases
4. Which of the following compounds has tetrahedral geometry?
(a) [Ni(CN)4]2-
(b) [Pd(CN)4]2-
(c [PdCl4]2-
(d) [NiCl4]2-
5. Phenol reacts with bromine in CS2 at low temperature to give
a. m-bromophenol
b. o-and p-bromophenol
c. p-bromophenol
d. 2,4,6-tribromophenol

6. A reaction in which reactants (R) are converted into products (P) follows second
order kinetics. If concentration of R is increased by four times, what will be the
increase in the rate of formation of P?
(a) 9 times
(b) 4 times
(c) 16 times
(d) 8 times

7. Among the following which arc ambidentate ligands?


(i) SCN–
(ii) NO−3
(iii) NO−2
(iv) C2O42−

Pick the correct option:


(a) (i) and (iii)
(b) (i) and (iv)
(c) (ii) and (iii)
(d) (ii) and (iv)

8. The number of molecules of the reactants taking part in a single step of the reaction is
indicative of
(a) order of a reaction
(b) molecularity of a reaction
(c) fast step of the mechanism of a reaction
(d) half-life of the reaction

9. What happens when tertiary butyl alcohol is passed over heated copper at 300°C?
(a) Secondary butyl alcohol is formed
(b) 2-methylpropene is formed
(c) 1-butene is formed
(d) Butanol is formed

10. The negative part of the addendum (the molecule to be added) adds on the carbon
atom of the double bond containing the least number of hydrogen atoms. This rule is
known as
(a) Saytzeffs rule
(b) Peroxide rule
(c) Markovnikov’s rule
(d) van’t hoff rule
11. The oxidation of toluene to benzaldehyde by chromyl, chloride is called
(a) Etard reaction
(b) Riemer-Tiemann reaction
(c) Wurtz reaction
(d) Cannizzaro’s reaction

12. Which of the following does not react with Hinsberg reagent?
(a) Ethylamine
(b) (CH3)2NH
(c) (CH3)3N
(d) Propan-2-amine

13. Aldehydes other than formaldehyde react with Grignard’s reagent to give addition
products which on hydrolysis give
(a) tertiary alcohols
(b) secondary alcohols
(c) primary alcohols
(d) carboxylic acids

14. Which of the following: when heated with a mixture of ethanmine and alcoholic
potash gives ethyl isocyanide?
(a) 2-chloropropane
(b) 2,2-dichloropropane
(c) trichloromethane
(d) tetrachloromethane

ASSERTION AND REASONING QUESTIONS


Note: In the following questions a statement of assertion followed by a statement of
reason is given. Choose the correct answer out of the following choices.
(i) Both assertion and reason are true, and reason is the correct explanation of the assertion.
(ii) Both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
(iii) Assertion is not true but reason is true.
(iv) Both assertion and reason are false.
15. Assertion: Separation of Zr and Hf is difficult.
Reason: Because Zr and Hf lie in the same group of the periodic table.

16. Assertion: Aromatic 1° amines can be prepared by Gabriel Phthalimide Synthesis.


Reason: Aryl halides undergo nucleophilic substitution with anion formed by
phthalimide.

17. Assertion: Vitamin D cannot be stored in our body


Reason: Vitamin D is fat soluble vitamin and is excreted from the body in urine
18. Assertion: Phenols give o- and p-nitrophenol on nitration with conc. HNO3 and
H2SO4mixture.
Reason: —OH group in phenol is o–, p– directing.
SECTION B

19. Two half-cell reactions of an electrochemical cell are given below:


MnO–4(aq) + 8H+ (aq) + 5e– → Mn2+ (aq) + 4H2O (I),
E° = + 1.51 V
Sn2+ (aq) → 4 Sn4+ (aq) + 2e–,
E° = + 0.15 V
Construct the redox equation from the two half-cell reactions and predict if this
reaction favours formation of reactants or product shown in the equation

20. A reaction is of first order in reactant A and of second order in reactant B. How is the
rate of this reaction affected when
(i) the concentration of B alone is increased to three times
(ii) (ii) the concentrations of A as well as B are doubled?

21. A coordination compound CrCl3,4H2O precipitates silver chloride when treated with
silver nitrate. The molar conductance of its solution corresponds to a total of two ions.
Write the structural formula of the compound and name it.

22. Chlorobenzene is extremely less reactive toward a nucleophilic substitution reaction.


Give two reasons for the same.

23. The rate constant for a first order reaction is 60 s-1. How much time will it take to
reduce the concentration of the reactant to 1/10th of its initial value?
Or
Rate constant ‘k’ of a reaction varies with temperature ‘T’ according to the equation:
log k = log A – Ea/2.303R(1/T)
where Ea is the activation energy. When a graph is plotted for log k vs. 1T, a straight
line with a slope of – 4250 K is obtained. Calculate ‘Ea’ for the reaction (R = 8.314
JK-1mol-1).
24. Write the equations involved in the following reactions:
(i) Wolff-Kishner reduction
(ii) Etard reaction

25. (i) What are glycosidic linkages? In which type of biomolecules are they present?
(ii) Which monosaccharide units are present in starch, cellulose and glucose

SECTION C
26. 15.0 g of an unknown molecular material was dissolved in 450 g of water. The
resulting solution was found to freeze at – 0.34°C. What is the molar mass of this
material? (kf for water = 1.86 K kg mol-1)

27. Using valence bond theory, explain the following in relation to the complexes given
below:
[Mn(CN)6]3-, [Co(NH3)6]3+, [Cr(H2O)6]3+

(i) Type of hybridisation.


(ii) Inner or outer orbital complex.
(iii) Magnetic behaviour.
(iv) Spin only magnetic moment value.
28. Explain
i. Why is it necessary to avoid even traces of moisture during the use of a
Grignard reagent?
ii. Allyl chloride is hydrolysed more readily than n-propyl chloride. Why?

Or

i. Define ambident nucleophile with an example.


ii. What happens when bromine attacks CH2 = CH – CH2 -C ≡ CH?
iii. What happens when ethyl chloride is treated with aqueous KOH

29.
a) Ortho nitrophenol has lower boiling point than p-nitrophenol. Why?
b) Give a chemical test to distinguish between 2-Pentanol and 3-Pentanol.
c) How would you obtain acetophenone from phenol?

30. Fill in the blank

SECTION D
31.Osmosis plays a significant role in the absorption of water by plant roots from the soil and
its movement to different parts of the plant body. When placed in water containing less than
0.9% (mass/volume) salt, blood cells collapse due to loss of water by osmosis.
In animals’ circulation of water to all parts of the body takes place due to osmosis.
Osmosis helps in plant growth and germination of seeds.
The phenomenon of osmosis is also useful in some industrial processes. It is employed
commercially for the desalination of seawater so that it may become useful for drinking
purposes. (Reverse osmosis)The Reverse Osmosis process is very popular for the purification
of drinking water in households.
Answer following questions:
1. Why does water from the soil rise to the top of a tree?
2. What happens when blood cells are placed in water?
3. What happens when external pressure becomes more than osmotic pressure of the solution
Or
What happens when reverse osmosis takes place?
4. Why do vegetable seller sprinkle water on vegetables

31. Protein primary structure is the linear sequence of amino acids in a peptide or protein.
In contrast, Secondary structure refers to regular, recurring arrangements in the space
of adjacent amino acid residues in a polypeptide chain. It is maintained by hydrogen
bonds between amide hydrogens and carbonyl oxygens of the peptide backbone. The
major secondary structures are α-helices and β-structures. The tertiary structure of
protein represents overall folding of secondary structure.
Two major type molecular shapes are which are found naturally are fibrous and globular.
Protein found in a biological system with a unique three-dimensional structure and
biological activity is called a native protein. Protein denaturation occurs when a protein in
its native form is subjected to a physical change like a change in temperature or a
chemical change like a change in pH.
Answer following questions:
1. What is the importance of amino acids?
2. Write the name of the linkage joining two amino acids?
3. What type of bonding occurs in globular protein? Give example
Or
What happens when protein is denatured? Also give an example.

Section E

32.
(i) Determine the values of equilibrium constant (Kc) and ΔG° for the following reaction
:
Ni(s) + 2Ag+ (aq) → Ni2+ (aq) + 2Ag(s),
E° = 1.05 V
(1F = 96500 C mol-1)
(ii) Write the name of the cell which is generally used in inverters. Write the reactions
taking place at the anode and the cathode of this cell.
Or
(i) A copper-silver cell is set up. The copper ion concentration in it is 0.10 M. The
concentration of silver ion is not known. The cell potential is measured 0,422
V. Determine the concentration of silver ion in the cell.
Given: E°Ag+/Ag = + 0.80 V, E° Cu2+/Cu = + 0.34 V
(ii) Define molar conductivity of a solution and explain how molar conductivity
changes with change in concentration of solution for a weak and a strong
electrolyte.

34.Complete the following chemical reaction equations

(iii) Which metal in the first transition series (3d series) exhibits +1 oxidation state
most frequency and why?
(iv) Which of the following cations are coloured in aqueous solutions and why?
SC3+, V3+, Ti4+, Mn2+.
(At. nos. Sc = 21, V = 23, Ti = 22, Mn = 25)
(v) What is Lanthanoid contraction?

35.
a) Write chemical equations to illustrate the following name bearing reactions:
(i) Cannizzaro’s reaction
(ii) Hell-Volhard-Zelinsky reaction

(b) Give chemical tests to distinguish between the following pairs of compounds:
(i) Propanal and Propanone
(ii) Acetophenone and Benzophenone
(iii) Phenol and Benzoic acid
Or
a) Write the products of the following reactions:
b) Which acid of each pair shown here would you expect to be stronger?
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 9
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

General instructions.
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper. All questions are compulsory.
b) Section A: Q.NO.1 to 18 multiple choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) Section B: Consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) Section C: Consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) Section D: Consists of 2 case based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) Section E: Consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed.
SECTION-A
The following questions are multiple choice question. Choose the most appropriate
ans . Each question carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.
1. What is the formula of hexachloroplatinic(II)acid?
a) H4[Pt (CN)6] b) H3[Pt (CN)6] c) H2[Pt (CN)6] d) H1[ Pt (CN)6]

2. Which of the following ion is coloured?


a) Zn2+ b) Sc3+ c) Cu+ d) Cu2+

3. Which one is more acidic ?


a) ClCH2COOH b) BrCH2COOH c) FCH2COOH d)
ICH2COOH

𝑑𝑟𝑦𝑎𝑐𝑒𝑡𝑜𝑛𝑒
4. What is the name of this reaction R-X + Na I → R-I + Na I
a) Sandmeyer reaction b) Swart reaction c) Finkelstein reaction d) wurtz reaction

5.Which one is more reactive toward SN1 reaction.


a) CH3CH2CH2CH2Cl b) (CH3)2CHCl c) (CH3)3CCl d) None of the
above

6. The unit of rate constant for Ist order reaction is.


a) Mol l-1s-1 b) s-1 c) Mol-1l s-1 d) Mol-2 l s-2

7. The unit of rate constant and rate of reaction is same for which order of reaction.
a) first order reaction b) second order reaction
c) zero order reaction d) Third order reaction

8. The IUPAC name of CH3CH2COCHO is


a) 3-Ketobutanal b)3-oxopentanal c)2-ketobutanal c) 2-ketopropanal.
9. The number of faraday is required for oxidation of 1mole of H2O is:
a) 3F b) 2F c) 0.5F d) 1F

10.The coordination number of Pt in [Pt(en)2Br2]2+


a) 2 b) 3 c)4 d)6

11. KMnO4 is coloured due to:-


a) d-d transition c) ligand to metal charge transfer
b) Metal to ligand charge transfer d) f-f transition

12. Aniline is less basic than


a) Benzylamine b) Triphenylamine c) P-nitroaniline d)
Diphenylamine

13.In which of the following reaction does amide get converted to amine
a) Carbylamine reaction c) Diazotisation
b) Perkin reaction d) Hoffmann reaction

14. On electrolysis of dilute sulphuric acid using platinum electrodes, the product
obtained at the anode will be
a) Hydrogen b) oxygen c) hydrogen sulphide d) sulphurdioxide

15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion(A): Methoxy ethane reacts with HI to give ethanol and iodomethane.
Reason(R): : Reaction of ether with HI follows SN2 mechanism.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true and R is not correct explanation of A
c. A is true and R is false
d. A is false and R is true
16.Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion(A): Vitamin D can be stored in our body
Reason(R): Vitamin D is water soluble vitamin and is excreted from the body in urine
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a)Both A and R are true and reason is correct explanation of A
b)Both A and R are true and reason is not correct explanation of A
c)A is true and R is false
d)A is false and R is true

17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion: Aniline does not undergo Friedel -craft reaction
Reason: -NH2 group of aniline reacts with AlCl3 to give acid-base reaction.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a)Both A and R are true and reason is correct explanation of A
b)Both A and R are true and reason is not correct explanation of A
c)A is true and R is false
d)A is false and R is true
18.Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion(A):- Aromatic 10 amine can not be prepared by Gabriel phthalimide synthesis.
Reason(R): Alkyl halides undergo nucleophilic substitution with anion formed by
phthalimide.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a)Both A and R are true and reason is correct explanation of A
b)Both A and R are true and reason is not correct explanation of A
c)A is true and R is false
d)A is false and R is true
SECTION-B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in 2 questions the following
questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19.Define molar conductivity ? Give the relation between conductivity, conductance and cell
constant.
20. a) What is peptide bond.
b) write down the hydrolysis product of Lactose.
21. For the reaction A → B, the rate of reaction becomes 3 times when the concentration
of A is increased 9 times. What is the order of reaction.
OR
A first order reaction has a rate constant 1.15 x 10-3 s -1 . How long will 5 g of this reactant
take to reduce to 3 g?
22.a) What is difference between ambidentate ligand and bidentate ligand.
b) Out of [Fe(NH3)6]3+ and [Fe(ox)3]3-.Which complex is more stable and why.
23. Write the equation involved in the following reactions:
a) H.V.Z reaction b) Soda-lime decarboxylation
OR
How would you convert
a) Ethanal to 3-hydroxy butanal
b) Benzoic acid to benzaldehyde.
24. What is the effect of adding catalyst on
a) activation energy b) Gibb’s free energy change
25. a) Why chloroform is stored in closed dark coloured bottles.
b) Write down two uses of chloroform.
SECTION-C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice .This following questions are
short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
26. A 4% solution of Sucrose (M=342g/mole) in water has a freezing point 271.15K.Calculate
the freezing point of 5% solution of glucose (M=180g/mole) in water. (Freezing point of
water is 273.15K).
27. Give the answers of any three questions:-
a) For the complex [ Fe (H2O)6]3+. Write the hybridization and magnetic character of the
complex.
b) what is the coordination number and oxidation state of platinum of the complex
[Pt (en)2Cl2]2+.
c)What is meant by the chelate effect? Give an example.
d)Why are low spin tetrahedral complexes are not formed?

28. How do you convert:


(i) Chlorobenzene to biphenyl
ii) Propene to iodopropane
iii) 2-bromobutane to but-2ene.

29. How do you convert

(i)Ethanal to isopropyl alcohol


(ii)chlorobenzene to phenol
iii) phenol to benzene
OR
Give reasons for the following:-
(i)Preparation of ethers by acid catalyzed dehydration of 2° and 3°Alcohols not a suitable
method?
(ii) phenol has much less pka than alcohol, explain.
(iii) Ethers possess a net dipole moment even if they are symmetrical in structure

30. Give reason


i) Acylation of aniline is carried out in presence of pyridine.
ii) N- Ethyl ethanamine boils at 329K and butanamine boils at 350K.
iii) PKb of aniline is more than methylamine.
SECTION-D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice
and carries 4 marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that
follow.
31.When a protein in its native form, is subjected to physical changes like change in
temperature or chemical changes like change in PH, the hydrogen bonds are disturbed.
Due to this, globules unfold and helix get uncoiled and protein loses its biological activity.
This is called denaturation of protein.The denaturation causes change in secondary and
tertiary structures but primary structure remains intact . Examples of denaturation of
protein are coagulation of egg, curding of milk, formation of cheese when an acid is added
to milk. Based on the above passage, answer the following questions :
a) What happens with helical structure of secondary protein on denaturation.
b) why polypeptide chain in helix structure become helical pattern.
c) which type of protein in boiled egg and unboiled egg.
d) What is denatured protein.
Or
d)Give any one differences between fibrous protein and globular protein.

32.Solution play a very important role in our daily life. Alloys, homogeneous mixture of
Metal are solution of solid in solid. 1PPm of Fluoride ions prevent tooth decay. All
intravenous injection must be isotonic with our body fluids i.e. should have same
concentration as blood plasma. Diabetic patients are more likely to have heart attack
and high blood pressure due to higher glucose level in blood. Common salt increases
blood pressure because Na+ mixes up with blood . Aquatic species are more comfortable
in cold water than warm water.
Based on the above passage, answer the following questions :
a)Why aquatic species are more comfortable in cold water than warm water.
b)The blood cell contain fluid having concentration 0.9% placed in a saline solution with
concentration more than cell fluid. what happen with blood cell.
c)Why People suffering from high blood pressure are advised to consume less amount of
salt.
or
c)Define Azeotropic mixture

SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions
have an internal choice.
33. a) Write down the complete chemical reaction for rusting of iron.
b) Calculate Ecell for the reaction at 298K.
2Cr(s) + 3Fe2+(0.01M) → 2Cr3+(0.01M) + 3Fe(s)
Eo cell for the reaction is 0.261V.
Or

a) State Kohlrausch’s law. why does the conductivity of a solution decreases with
dilution.
b) A steady current of 2 Ampere was passed through 2 electrolytic cells X and Y
connected in series containing FeSO4 and ZnSO4 until 2.8 gm of Fe deposited at the
cathode of cell X. How long did the current flow. Calculate the mass of Zn deposited.
[Molar mass of Fe = 56g/mole] [Molar mass of Zn= 63.5g/mole].

34.a)Account for the following.


i) Mn shows highest oxidation state of +7 with oxygen but with fluorine it show
the oxidation state of +4 .
ii) Zr and Hf exhibit similar properties.
iii) Transition metal act as catalyst.
b) write one difference and one similarity between lanthanoids and actinoids
35.a) Give reason
i) carboxylic acid is more acidic than phenol.
ii) PKa value of 2-chloroethanoic acid is lower than the PKa value of ethanoic
acid.
b) Write the test to distinguish between following pairs of compound.
i) pentan-2-one and pentan-3-one
ii) phenol and benzoic acid.
c) Complete the reaction
𝐷𝐼𝐵𝐴𝐿−𝐻
CH3-CH2-CH2- CN→ 𝐻 3 𝑂 +
OR
a)An alkene A (Mol.formula C5H10) on ozonolysis gives a mixture of two compounds B
and C. Compound B gives positive Fehling ‘s test and also form iodoform on treatment
with I2 and NaOH. Compound C does not give Fehling’s test but forms iodoform. Identify
the compounds A, B, C. write the reaction for ozonolysis and formation of iodoform from
B and C.
b)How would you convert
i)Methyl benzene to benzoic acid
ii) Benzoic acid to benzaldehyde.
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 10
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case-based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed.

SECTION A

The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each question
carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.

1. Which one of the following compounds is more reactive towards SN1 reaction?
a. CH2=CHCH2Br
b. C6H5CH2Br
c. C6H5CH(C6H5)Br
d. C6H5CH(CH3)Bt
2. K2Cr2O7 is coloured due to:
a. d-d transitions.
b. Charge transfer from ligand to metal.
c. Charge transfer from metal to ligand.
d. Unpaired electrons in d orbital of Cr.
3. Which radioactive isotope would have the high value of disintegration constant U235 or
U237? (Given half-life for U235 and U237 are 5600 and 4500 years respectively.)
a. U235
b. U237
c. Both will have the same disintegration constant.
d. None of the above, information given is insufficient.
4. For the reaction, 2B + C B2C, the order w.r.t. reactant B is 1 and w.r.t reactant
C is 2. What will be the overall order of the reaction if reactant B is present in excess?
a. 3
b. 1
c. 2
d. 0
5. The electronic configuration of Metal ion in K3[Fe(CN)6] on the basis of CFT is:
a. T2g2 Eg3
b. T2g3 Eg2
c. T2g5 Eg1
d. T2g5 Eg0
6. Arrange the following in the increasing order of their pKb values:
A: C6H5NH2, B: NH3, C: C2H5NH2, D: (CH3)2N
a. C < D < B < A
b. D < C < B < A
c. A > B > C > D
d. A > B > D > C
7. Which of the following statement is correct?
a. Ecell is an intensive property while ∆rG of cell reaction is an extensive property.
b. Ecell and ∆rG of cell reaction both are extensive property.
c. Ecell and ∆rG of cell reaction both are intensive property.
d. Ecell is an extensive property while ∆rG of cell reaction is an intensive property.
8. For a chemical reaction R P, the variation in the concentration (R) vs. time (t)
plot is given as

The order and slope of the graph is:


a. Zero and kt.
b. One and K.
c. Zero and -K.
d. One and –K.
9. The number of ions formed on dissolving one molecule of [Co(NH3)5Cl]Cl2:
a. 3
b. 4
c. 2
d. 1
10. Identify the following reaction:
2CH3Cl  2 Na  2 NaCl  CH 3  CH 3
a. Etard reaction.
b. Wurtz reaction.
c. Fittig reaction.
d. Kolbe’s reaction.
11. Which of the statement about solutions of electrolytes is not correct?
(a) Conductivity of solution depends upon size of ions.
(b) Conductivity depends upon viscosity of solution.
(c) Conductivity does not depend upon salvation of ions present in solution.
(d) Conductivity of solution increases with temperature.
12. Which of the following polymer is stored in the liver of animals?
(a) Glycogen
(b) Amylopectin
(c) Amylose
(d) Cellulose
13. Proteins are found to have two different types of secondary structures namely α-helix and
β-pleated sheet structure, α-helix structure of protein is stabilized by
(a) Peptide bonds
(b) Van der waals forces
(c) Dipole-dipole interactions
(d) Hydrogen bonds
14. Phenol and ethanol can be distinguished by which test
a) Ferric chloride test
b)Carbylamine test
c) Tollens test
d) Fehlings test
15. Assertion (A): D(+)- Glucose is dextrorotatory in nature.
Reason (R): ‘D’ represents its dextrorotatory nature.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
16. Assertion (A): Separation of Zr and Hf is difficult.
Reason (R): Because Zr and Hf lie in the same group of the periodic table.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
17. Assertion (A): Boiling points of alcohols and ethers are high.
Reason (R): They can form intermolecular hydrogen-bonding.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
18. Assertion (A): Vitamin D can be stored in our bodies.
Reason (R): Vitamin D is a fat-soluble vitamin.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

SECTION B

This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions
are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.

19. A first order reaction is 50% completed in 40 minutes. How much time is required
for 90%completion?
20. Give reason for the following:
a. The product formed during SN1 reaction is optically inactive.
b. Alkyl halides, being polar, are insoluble in water.
OR

Identify the structure of A and B

CH 3CH 2OH 


SOCl2
 A 
KCN
B
21. Draw the geometrical isomers of [Pt(en)2Cl2]2+.
22. What is fuel cell? Write the chemical reactions involved in it.
23. In the given reaction N2 ( g )  3H 2 ( g )  2 NH3 ( g ) the rate of formation of NH3 is 3.6 x
10-4 molL-1s-1. Calculate
(i) Rate of reaction
(ii) Rate of disappearance of H2(g).
24. Write the following name reactions:
(a) Carbylamine reaction.
(b) Hoffman Bromide Degradation.
25. Identify the major product formed when 1-chlorobutane reacts with the followings
reagents:
a. Alco. NaOH
b. C2H5ONa
OR
a. Name the possible alkenes which will be produced by dehydrohalogenation of 1-
chloro-2-phenyl ethane.
b. How will you convert aniline into chlorobenzene? Write the reaction.

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
26. What mass of NaCl (molar mass = 58.5 g/mol) must be dissolved in 65 g of water to
lower the freezing point by 7.500C? The freezing point depression constant, Kf for water
is 1.86 K kg/mol. Assume van’t Hoff factor for NaCl is 1.87.
27. Amino acids may be acidic, alkaline or neutral. How does this happen? What are
essential and non-essential amino acids? Name one of each type.
OR
i) Write two differences between DNA and RNA
ii)Differentiate between nucleotide and nucleoside
28. Anwer the followings:
(a) Write the IUPAC name of

(b) Give chemical tests to distinguish between


(i) Propanol and Propanone
(ii) Benzaldehyde and Acetophenone.
29. Using Valence bond theory, explain the following of [CoF6]3-
a. Hybridisation
b. Geometry
c. Magnetic moment.
30. Give reasons for the following observations:
a. Aniline is weaker base than methylamine.
b. Aniline gives m-nitro aniline in a substantial amount during nitratioin.
c. Methylamine is highly soluble in water than aniline.
OR
Arrange the following in increasing order of their basic strength :--
a) NH3 , C3H7NH2 , (CH3)2NC2H5 , (CH3)3N
b) Ammonia , Aniline , p-Amino phenol , Ethanamine

SECTION D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal
choice and carried 4 marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the
questions that follow.
31. Blood cells in the human body have semi-permeable membrane and depending upon the
concentration of solution inside blood cells and outside (in the blood), ‘Lysis’ (expansion
of blood cells) and ‘Crenation’ (contraction of blood cells) may occur. Kidneys are
responsible for keeping the solution inside blood cell and blood at the same
concentration.
Answer the following questions:
a. What happens when blood cell is kept in distilled water?
b. What is difference between diffusion and osmosis?
c. What is isotonic solution?
OR
If a person is habitual to take higher salt in his diet then what is the effect of it on his
body?
32. Unlike other renewable energy sources, biomass can be converted directly into liquid
fuels, called “biofuels” to help meet transportation fuel needs. The two most common
types of biofuels, both of which represent the first generation of bio-fuel technology. The
Bioenergy Technologies Office (BETO) is collaborating with industry to develop next-
generation bio-fuels made from wastes, cellulosic biomass, and algae-based resources.
BETO is focused on the production of hydrocarbon bio-fuels- also known as ‘drop-in’
fuels – which can serve as petroleum substituents in existing refineries, tanks, pipelines,
pumps, vehicles and smaller engines.
Ethanol is a renewable fuel that can be made from various plant materials, collectively
known as “biomass”. It is an alcohol used as a blending agent with gasoline to increase
octane and cut down carbon monoxide and other smog-causing emissions.
The most common blend of ethanol is E10 (10% ethanol, 90% gasoline) and is approved
for use in most conventional gasoline-powered vehicles up to E15. Most ethanol is made
from plant starches and sugars-particularly corn starch in the United States-but scientists
are continuing to develop technologies that would allow for the use of cellulose and
hemicelluloses, the non-edible fibrous material that constitutes the bulk of plant matter.
Answer the following questions:
a. What percentage of ethanol is used in E15?
b. Name the process of formation of ethanol from sugarcane juice.
c. How the cost of gasoline is affected if it is blended with ethanol? Explain.
OR
How the ethanol is useful in other ways also? (Give two points)

SECTION E

The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two quesitons have an
internal choice.

33.

(i) What is the direction of flow of electrons in Galvanic Cell ?


(ii) Why does the cell voltage of a mercury cell remain constant during its
lifetime?
iii) Calculate the standard cell potential of the galvanic cell in which the
following reaction takes place:
Fe2 (aq)  Ag  (aq)  Fe3 (aq)  Ag (s) . Calculate the ∆rG0 and equilibrium
constant of the reaction also. ( E 0 Ag  / Ag  0.80V and E 0 Fe3 / Fe2  0.77V )

34. An organic compound (A) with molecular formula C8H8O forms an organge-red
precipitate with 2,4-DNP reagent and gives yellow precipitate on heating with iodine in
the presence of sodium hydroxide. It neither reduces Tollen’s reagent, nor does it
decolourise bromine water or Baeyer’s reagent. On drastic oxidation with chromic acid
(H2CrO4), it gives a carboxylic acid (B) having molecular formula C7H6O2.
a. Identify the structure of (A) and (B).
b. Write the reaction of (A) with 2,4-DNP reagent.
c. Write the reaction of (A) with Tollen’s reagent.
d. Write the reaction of (A) with chromic acid.
OR
(a) Account for the following:
(i) ClCH2COOH is a stronger acid than CH3COOH.
(ii) Carboxylic acid don’t give reactions of carbonyl group.
(b) Write the chemical equations to illustrate the following name reactions:
(i) Rosenmund’s Reduction
(ii) Cannizzaro reaction.
(c) Out of CH3CH2COCH2CH3 and CH3CH2CH2COCH3, which gives iodoform test.
35. Answer the followings:
a. La3+ (Z=57) and Lu3+ (Z = 71) do not show any colour in solutions.
b. Among the divalent cations in the first series of transition elements, manganese
exhibits the maximum paramagnetism.
c. Cu+ ion is not known in aqueous solutions.
d. What happens when pH of chromate ions is decreased? Write reaction only.
e. Complete the following reaction:
2MnO4   5C2O4 2  16 H  
OR
Give reasons for the following:
a. Mn3+ is a good oxidizing agent.
b. E 0 M 3 / M values are not regular for first row transition metals (3d series).
c. Although F is more electronegative than O, the highest Mn fluoride is MnF4,
whereas the highest oxide is Mn2O7.
d. With reference to structural variability and chemical reactivity, write the
difference between lanthanoids and actinoids.
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 11
CLASS - XII SUBJECT:
CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
QUESTION PAPER

Time: 3 Hours Max. Marks: 70


General Instructions:
1. There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
2. SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
3. SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
4. SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
5. SECTION D consists of 2 case-based questions carrying 4 marks each.
6. SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
7. All questions are compulsory.
8. Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed.

SECTION A
Directions (Q. Nos. 1-18) : The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one
correct answer. Each question carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.

1. The Van’t Hoff’s factor of 0.1 M Ba(NO3)2 solution is 2.74. The degree of dissociation is
(a) 91.3% (b) 87% (c) 100% (d) 74%
2. A dilute aqueous solution of sodium fluoride is electrolysed; the products at the anode
and cathode are :
(a) F2, Na (b) F2, H2 (c) O2, Na (d) O2,H2
3. For a zero order reaction:
(a) t1/2 ∝ a (b) t1/2 ∝ 1/a (c) t1/2∝ a2 (d) t1/2 ∝ 1/a2
4. Copper sulphate solution on treatment excess of KI gives white precipitate. The
precipitate is
(a) CuI2 (b) Cu2I2 (c) Cu2SO4 (d) I2
5. Which of the following compounds has tetrahedral geometry?
(a) [Ni(CN)4] 2- (b) [Pd(CN)4]2- (c) [PdCl4]2- (d) [NiCl4]2-
6. A Grignard reagent is prepared by the action of magnesium in dry ether on:
(a) C2H5OH (b) C2H6 (c) C2H5Cl (d) C2H5CN
7. R-OH + CH2N2 → Leaving group in this reaction is
(a) CH3 (b) R (c) N2 (d) CH2
8. Cannizzaro’s reaction is not given by
(a) Formaldehyde (b) Acetaldehyde
(c) Benzaldehyde (d) Furfural

9. An organic compound reacts with benzene sulphonyl chloride and product dissolves in
aqueous NaOH. The compound is

10. Sweetest of all sugars is:


(a) Glucose (b) Lactose (c) Sucrose (d) Fructose
11. Azeotropic mixture of HNO3 and H2O has:
(a) 48% HNO3 (b) 22.2% HNO3 (c) 36% HNO3 (d) 68% HNO3
12. If the rate of a reaction is expressed by, Rate = k|A|2|B|. Then the order of reaction will
be
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 0 (d) 1
13. The general electronic configuration of transition elements is:
(a) (𝑛 − 1)𝑑 5 (b) (𝑛 − 1)𝑑(1−10) 𝑛𝑠1 𝑜𝑟 2
(c) (𝑛 − 1)𝑑 (1−10) 𝑛𝑠1 (d) none of these
14. What is the coordination number of Zinc in sodium oxide Na2[Zn(OH)4] ?
(a) 6 (b) 2 (c) 8 (d) 4

Directions (Q. No. 15-18) : Each of the following questions consists of two statements, one is
Assertion and the other is Reason. Give answer :

15. Assertion : SN2 reaction of an optically active aryl halide with an aqueous solution of
KOH always gives an alcohol with opposite sign of rotation.
Reason : SN2 reactions always proceed with retention of configuration.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is a correct explanation of the
Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct but Reason is not the correct explanation of the
Assertion.
(c) Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
(d) Both the Assertion and Reason are incorrect.
16. Assertion : DNA as well as RNA molecules are found in the nucleus of a cell.
Reason : On heating, the enzymes do not lose their specific activity.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is a correct explanation of the
Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct but Reason is not the correct explanation of the
Assertion.
(c) Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
(d) Both the Assertion and Reason are incorrect.
17. Assertion : The rate of the reaction is the rate of change of concentration of a reactant or
a product.
Reason : Rate of reaction remains constant during the course of reaction.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is a correct explanation of the
Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct but Reason is not the correct explanation of the
Assertion.
(c) Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
(d) Both the Assertion and Reason are incorrect.
18. Assertion : Disruption of the natural structure of a protein is called denaturation.
Reason : The change in colour and appearance of egg during cooking is due to
denaturation.
(a) Both Assertion and Reason are correct and Reason is a correct explanation of the
Assertion.
(b) Both Assertion and Reason are correct but Reason is not the correct explanation of the
Assertion.
(c) Assertion is correct but Reason is incorrect.
(d) Both the Assertion and Reason are incorrect.

SECTION B
Directions (Q. No. 19-25) : This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two
questions. The following questions are short answer type and carry 2 marks each.

19. What is meant by molality and mole fraction of the solution ?


20. Any transition series contains only ten elements. Why ?
OR
Write 3d series of transition metals.
21. How will you distinguish between primary, secondary and tertiary alcohols?
22. What do you mean by half-life period of a reaction? Write mathematical relation also.
OR
Define Pseudo first order reactions with one example.
23. Give one example of each of the following reactions:
(i) Wurtz reaction
(ii) Wurtz-Fittig reaction.
24. Express the rate of the following reaction 2HI(g) → H2(g) + I2(g)
25. (i) Why chloroform should be kept in dark coloured bottle and away from sunlight?
(ii) Out of ethyl bromide and ethyl chloride which has higher boiling point and why?
SECTION C
Directions (Q. Nos. 26-30) : This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two
questions. The following questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.

26. (i) Draw the structural formulas and write IUPAC names of all the isomeric alcohols
with the molecular formula C5H12O.
(ii) Classify the isomers of alcohols given in part (a) as primary, secondary and tertiary
alcohols.
27. Construct electric cells for the following reactions:
(i) 𝐹𝑒 + + 𝐶𝑢2+ → 𝐶𝑢 + 𝐹𝑒 2+
(ii) 2𝐹𝑒 3+ + 2𝐶𝑙 − → 𝐶𝑙2 + 2𝐹𝑒 2+
Write the reactions involved at anode and cathode also.
28. (i) Write the IUPAC name of the following complex: [Co(NH3)4(H2O)Cl]Cl2
(ii) What is the difference between an Ambidentate ligand and a Bidentate ligand?
(iii) Out of [Fe(NH3)6]3+ and [Fe(C2O4)3]3-, which complex is more stable and why ?
29. What happens when :
(i) N-ethylethanamine reacts with benzene sulphonyl chloride.
(ii) Benzyl chloride is treated with ammonia followed by the reaction with
Chloromethane.
(iii) Aniline reacts with chloroform in the presence of alcoholic potassium hydroxide.
OR

30. How will you convert ethanal to the following compounds?


(i) Butane-1, 3-diol
(ii) But-2-enal
(iii) But-2-enoic acid

SECTION D
Directions (Q. No. 31-32) : The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has
an internal choice and carries 4 (1+1+2) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the
questions that follow.
31. The four colligative properties of the dilute solutions help in calculating the molecular
mass of the solute which is often called observed molecular mass. It may be same as the
theoretical molecular mass (calculated from the molecular formula) if the solute behaves
normally in solution. In case, it undergoes association or dissociation, the observed molar
mass gives different results. The nature of the solute in solution is expressed in terms of
van’t Hoff factor (i) which may be 1 (if the solute behaves normally), less than 1 (if the
solute associates) and more than 1 (if the solute dissociates). The extent of association or
dissociation is represented by cc which is:
𝑖−1 𝑖−1
𝑎= (𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑜𝑐𝑖𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛) 𝑜𝑟 𝑎 = ( 𝑓𝑜𝑟 𝑑𝑖𝑠𝑎𝑠𝑠𝑜𝑐𝑖𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛)
1 𝑛−1
𝑛 − 1
Based on the above passage, answer the following questions :
(i) What is common in all the four colligative properties?
(ii) What is the expected value of Van’t Hoff factor for K4[Fe(CN)6]when it completely
dissociates in water?
(iii) What is the value of Van’t Hoff factor for a dilute solution of K2SO4 in water?
OR
(iv) In the determination of molar mass of A+B- using colligative property, what will be
the Van’t Hoff factor if the solute is 40% dissociated?

32. Polysaccharides may be very large molecules. Starch, glycogen, cellulose, and chitin are
examples of polysaccharides. Starch is the stored form of sugars in plants and is made up
of amylose and amylopectin (both polymers of glucose). Amylose is soluble in water and
can be hydrolyzed into glucose units breaking glycosidic bonds, by the enzymes a-
amylase and β -amylase. It is straight chain polymer. β -mylopectin is a branched chain
polymer of several D-glucose molecules. 80% of amylopectin is present in starch. Plants
are able to synthesize glucose, and the excess glucose is stored as starch in different plant
parts, including roots and seeds. The starch that is consumed by animals is broken down
into smaller molecules, such as glucose. The cells can then absorb the glucose. Glycogen
is the storage form of glucose in humans and other vertebrates, and is made up of
monomers of glucose. It is structurally quite similar to amylopectin. Glycogen is the
animal equivalent of starch. It is stored in liver and skeletal muscles. Cellulose is one of
the most abundant natural biopolymers. The cell walls of plants are mostly made of
cellulose, which provides structural support to the cell. Wood and paper are mostly
cellulosic in nature. Like amylose, cellulose is a linear polymer of glucose. Cellulose is
made up of glucose monomers that are linked by bonds between particular carbon atoms
in the glucose molecule. Every other glucose monomer in cellulose is flipped over and
packed tightly as extended long chains. This gives cellulose its rigidity and high tensile
strength—which is so important to plant cells. Cellulose passing through our digestive
system is called dietary fiber.
Based on the above passage, answer the following questions:
(i) Glycogen is a kind of polysaccharide and is the storage form of glucose present in
humans and other vertebrates. It is the animal equivalent of starch but can you say where
is it stored in animals?
(ii) What can you infer about the characteristic of amylose from the passage?
(iii) Whenever glucose levels drop in our body, a bipolymer breaks down to release
glucose. Name this bipolymer and it is structurally similar to which polymer?
OR
(iv) Which polymer is important to plant cells? How?

SECTION E
Directions (Q. No. 33-35) : The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks
each. Two questions have an internal choice.

33. (i) Write a short note on the following naming reaction :


(a) Etard reaction
(b) Stephen’s reduction
(ii) How will you convert the following in not more than two steps :
(a) Benzoic acid to Benzaldehyde
(b) Acetophenone to Benzoic acid
(c) Ethanoic acid to 2-hydroxyethanoic acid.
OR
(i) An organic compound [A] with molecular formula C8H16O2 was hydrolysed with
dilute sulphuric acid to give a carboxylic acid [B] and an alcohol [C]. Oxidation of [C]
with chromic acid produced [B]. The alcohol [C] on dehydration gave but-1-ene. Write
equations for the reactions involved.
(ii) How many asymmetric carbon atoms are created during the complete reduction of
benzil (PhCOCOPh) with LiAlH4 ? Also write the number of possible stereoisomers
formed as the product.

34. (i) Account for the following :


(a) Copper (I) compounds are white whereas Copper (II) compounds are coloured.
(b) Chromates change their colour when kept in an acidic solution.
(c) Zn, Cd, Hg are considered as d-block elements, but not as transition elements.
(ii) Calculate the spin-only moment of Co2+ (Z = 27) by writing the electronic
configuration of Co and Co2+.
OR
(i) Following are the transition metal ions of 3d series :
Ti4+, V2+, Mn3+, Cr3+ (Atomic numbers : Ti = 22, V = 23, Mn = 24, Cr = 25) Answer the
following :
(a) Which ion is most stable in an aqueous solution and why?
(b) Which ion is a strong oxidising agent and why?
(c) Which ion is colourless and why?
(ii) Complete the following equations :
(a) 2𝑀𝑛𝑂4− + 16𝐻 + + 5𝑆 2− →
𝐻𝑒𝑎𝑡
(b) 𝐾𝑀𝑛𝑂4 →

35. (i) Calculate the mass of Ag deposited at cathode when a current of 2 amperes was
passed through a solution of AgNO3 for 15 minutes. (Given : Molar mass of Ag = 108 g
mol − 1 , 1F = 96500 C mol − 1 )
(ii) What do you mean by fuel cell?
(iii) Write Cu, Na, Mg and Ag in the decreasing order of electrochemical series with the
help of the following reactions:
𝐶𝑢 + 2𝐴𝑔+ → 𝐶𝑢2+ + 2𝐴𝑔
2𝑁𝑎 + 𝑀𝑔2+ → 2𝑁𝑎 + + 𝑀𝑔
𝑀𝑔 + 𝐶𝑢2+ → 𝑀𝑔2+ + 𝐶𝑢
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 12
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A

The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each question carries 1
mark. There is no internal choice in this section.

1. Cell reaction is spontaneous, when


(a) E0red is negative
(b) ΔG° is negative
(c) E0oxid is Positive
(d) ΔG° is positive
2. K2Cr2O7 is coloured due to:

a. d-d transitions
b. charge transfer from ligand to metal
c. unpaired electrons in d orbital of Cr
d. charge transfer from metal to ligand
3.If the rate of a reaction is expressed by, rate = A [A]² [B], the order of reaction will be
(a) 2
(b) 3
(c) 1
(d) 0
4.Molar conductivity of ionic solution depends on
(a) temperature
(b) distance between electrodes
(c) concentration of electrolytes in solution
(d) surface area of electrodes
5. The correct IUPAC name of the coordination compound K3|Fe(CN)5NO| is
(a) Potassium pentacyanonitrosylferrate (II)
(b) Potassium pentacyanonitroferrate (II)
(c) Potassium nitritopentacyanoferrate (IV)
(d) Potassium nitritepentacynanoiron (II)

6 Which one of the following is diamagnetic ion?

A. Co2+

1
B. Ni2+
C. Cu2+

D. Zn2+

7. CH3CHO and C6H5CH2CHO can be distinguished chemically by

(a) Benedict’s test

(b) iodoform test

(c) Tollens’ reagent test

(d) Fehling’s solution test

8 Identify the correct IUPAC name


(a) (CH3CH2)2NCH3 = N-Ethyl-N-methylethanamine
(b) (CH3)3CNH2 = 2-methylpropan-2-amine
(c) CH3NHCH (CH3)2 = N-Methylpropan-2-amine
(d) (CH3)2CHNH2 = 2, 2-Dimethyl-N-propanamine
9. What is the molar conductance at infinite dilution for sodium chloride if the molar conductance at
infinite dilution of Na+ and Cl- ions are 51.12 × 10-4 Scm2/mol and 73.54× 10-4 Scm2/mol respectively?
a. 124.66× 10-4 Scm2/mol
b. 22.42× 10-4 Scm2/mol
c. 198.20× 10-4 Scm2/mol
d. 175.78 × 10-4 Scm2/mol
10. For the reaction, A +2B → AB2, the order w.r.t. reactant A is 1 and w.r.t. reactant B is 1. What will
be change in rate of reaction if the concentration of A and B is doubled ?

a. increases four times


b. decreases four times
c. increases two times
d. no change

11. Which of these statements about [Co(CN)6]3- is true?

(a) It has 4 unpaired electron, high spin

(b) No unpaired electron, high spin

(c) No unpaired electron, low spin

(d) 4 unpaired electron, low spin

12. What would be the major product of the following reaction?

C6H5 -CH2-OCH3 + HBr → A + B

a. A= C6H5CH2OH, B= CH3Br
b. A=C6H5CH2OH, B= C2H5Br
c. A=C6H5CH2Br, B= CH3OH
d. A=C6H5CH2Br, B= C2H5OH

13. The oxidation of toluene to benzaldehyde by chromyl, chloride is called

2
(a) Etard reaction
(b) Riemer-Tiemann reaction
(c) Wurtz reaction
(d) Cannizzaro’s reaction
14 Which reagent is used to convert glucose into saccharic acid?
(a) Br2/H2O
(b) Nitric acid
(c) Alkaline solution of iodine
(d) Ammonium hydroxide
15. Given below are two statements labeled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): When a solution is separated from the pure solvent by a semi-permeable membrane, the
solvent molecules pass through it from the pure solvent side to the solution side.
Reason (R): Diffusion of solvent occurs from a region of high concentration solution to a region of low
concentration solution.

a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A


b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

16. Given below are two statements labeled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Complexes of MX6 and MX5L type (X and L are unidentate) do not show geometrical
isomerism.
Reason (R): Geometrical isomerism is not shown by complexes of coordination number 6.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

17. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion: The boiling point of alcohol is higher than those of hydrocarbons of comparable
molecular mass.
Reason: Alcohol show intramolecular hydrogen banding..
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
18. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion : Lanthanide contraction is more than actinoid contraction.
Reason: Actinoids have 5f orbitals being filled which are more dispersed in space
compare to 4f orbitals.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
e.

SECTION B
3
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions are very
short answer type and carry 2 marks each.

19. A first order reaction is 50% completed in 40 minutes. How much time is required for
90%completion?

20.Why cannot molecularity of any reaction be equal to zero


OR
State a condition under which a bimolecular reaction is kinetically first order reaction.
21.Which one of the following has the highest dipole moment?
(i) CH3CI2 (ii) CHCl3 (iii) CCI4
OR
a. Explain diazotisation reaction
b. Out of the Chloromethane and Fluoromethane, which one is has lower dipole moment and why?

22. discuss the nature of bonding in metal carbonyls.

23. What do you understand by the term glycosidic linkage?

24 What are ambident nucleophiles ? Explain with an example.?

25. What happens when D-glucose is treated with the following reagents?
(i) HI (ii) Bromine water (iii) HNO3
SECTION C

This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in one questions. The following questions are short
answer type and carry 3 marks each.

26. Write the important structural and functional differences between DNA and RNA.
27 Using Valence bond theory, explain the following in relation to the complex [Ni(CN)4]2-
a. type of hybridization
b. magnetic moment value
c. Magnetic behaviour.

28. Answer the following questions:


a. State Henry’s law and explain why are the tanks used by scuba divers filled with air diluted with
helium?
b. Why are aquatic species more comfortable in cold water in comparison to warm water?

29. Give reasons for the following observations:


a. Aniline does not undergo Friedel craft reaction
b. Aliphatic amines are stronger base then ammonia
c. Aromatic primary amines cannot be prepare by Gabriel phthalimide synthesis
30. Explain the following with example
a. Aldol condensation.
b. Rosenmund reaction.
c. Tollens test.

OR

a. Conversion of toluene into benzaldehyde.


b. Sodium propanoate convert into ethane.

4
c. Propyl chloride is hydrolysed more readily than tert. butyl chloride. Why?
SECTION D

The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has a choice and carries (1) marks
each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.

31. Boiling point or freezing point of liquid solution would be affected by the dissolved solids in the
liquid phase. A soluble solid in solution has the effect of raising its boiling point and depressing its
freezing point. The addition of non-volatile substances to a solvent decreases the vapor pressure and the
added solute particles affect the formation of pure solvent crystals. According to many researches the
decrease in freezing point directly correlated to the concentration of solutes dissolved in the solvent. This
phenomenon is expressed as freezing point depression and it is useful for several applications such as
freeze concentration of liquid food and to find the molar mass of an unknown solute in the solution.
Freeze concentration is a high quality liquid food concentration method where water is removed by
forming ice crystals. This is done by cooling the liquid food below the freezing point of the solution. The
freezing point depression is referred as a colligative property and it is proportional to the molar
concentration of the solution (m), along with vapor pressure lowering, boiling point elevation, and
osmotic pressure. These are physical characteristics of solutions that depend only on the identity of the
solvent and the concentration of the solute. The characters are not depending on the solute’s identity.
(Jayawardena, J. A. E. C., Vanniarachchi, M. P. G., &Wansapala, M. A. J. (2017). Freezing point
depression of different Sucrose solutions and coconut water.)
(1). What is deicing agent?
(2) Why NaCl is added to clear roadside during snowfall ?
(3) Plot a graph between vapour pressure and temperature to show the depression in freezing point for a
solution containing non volatile solute.
32. Proteins are the most abundant biomolecules of the living system. The chief sources of proteins are
milk, cheese, pulses, fish, meat, peanuts etc. They are found in every part of the body and form a
fundamental basis of structure and functions of life. These are also required for growth and maintenance
of body. The work protein is derived from Greek word, ‘proteios’ meaning ‘primary’ or of ‘prime
importance’. Chemically, proteins are the polymers in which the monomeric units are the α-amino acids.
Amino acids contain amino (-NH2) and carboxylic (-COOH) functional groups. Depending upon the
relative position of amino group with respect to carboxylic group, the amino acids can be classified as α,
β and γ-amino acids. Amino acids which are synthesised by the body are called non-essential amino acid.
On the other hand, those amino acids which cannot be synthesised in the human body and are supplied in
the form of diet (because they are required for proper health and growth) are called essential amino acids.
Q. 1.Why amino acids show amphoteric behaviour?
Q. 2.What is Peptide linkage ?
Q. 3. What are polypeptides?
a. 10 < α-amino acids joined together b. amino acids joined together
c. 20 < β-amino acids joined together d. None of the above
Q. 4. What type of bonding helps in stabilising the α-helix structure of proteins?
a. Peptide linkage b. Hydrogen bonding
c. Amino linkage d. Van der waals force
.

SECTION E

The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have an internal
choice.

33.a) Express the relation among cell constant, resistance of the solution in the cell and conductivity of
the solution. How is molar conductivity of a solution related to its conductivity?

5
b) The molar conductivity of a 1.5 M solution of an electrolyte is found to be 138.9 S cm2 mol-1.
Calculate the conductivity of this solution.
c) A voltaic cell is set up at 250C with the following half cells:
Al| Al3+ (0.0010 M) and Ni | Ni2+ (0.50 M)
Write the equation for the cell reaction that occurs when the cell generates an electric current and
determine the cell potential.
(Given E0 (Ni2+/Ni) = -0.25 V , E0 (Al3+/Al) = -1.66 V)

OR
34. a. State Kohlrausch law of independent migration of ions. Why does the conductivity of a solution
decrease with dilution?
b. Calculate ΔrGo for the reaction
Mg (s) + Cu2+ (aq) → Mg2+ (aq) + Cu (s)
Given: Eocell = +2.71 V, 1F = 96500 C/mol
c. Define the fllowing terms:
i) Fuel Cell ii) Limiting molar conductivity (Ʌ0m)
34. An aromatic compound “A’ (Molecular formula C8H8O) gives a positive 2, 4-DNP test. It gives a
yellow precipitate of compound ‘B’ on treatment with iodine and sodium hydroxide solution. Compound
A’ does not give Tollen’s or Fehling’s test. On severe oxidation with potassium permanganate forms a
carboxylic acid ‘C’ (Molecular formula C7H602), which is also formed along with the yellow compound
in the above reaction. Identify A, B and C and write all the reactions involved.
OR

When liquid ′A′ is treated with a freshly prepared ammonical silver nitrate solution, it gives a bright
silver mirror. The liquid forms a white crystalline solid on treatment with sodium hydrogen sulphite.
Liquid ′B′ also forms a white crystalline solid with sodium hydrogen sulphite, but it does not give a test
with ammoniacal silver nitrate. Which of the two liquids is aldehyde? Write the chemical equations of
these reactions also.
35.(a) What is meant by ‘lanthanoid contraction’?

(b)Explain why
i. with 3d4 configuration, Cr2+ acts as a reducing agent but Mn3+ acts as an oxidizing agent
ii. In a transition series the metal which exhibits greatest number of oxidation states occurs in the
middle of the series
iii. Cu+ ion is not known in aqueous solutions

6
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 13
CLASS - XII
SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed
SECTION A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each question
carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.

1 A zero order reaction is one-


(A) In which reactants to not react
(B) In which one of the reactants is in large excess
(C) Whose rate does not change with time
(D) Whose rate increase with time
2. Eº for the reaction Fe + Zn2+ = Zn + Fe2+ is – 0.35 V. The given cell reaction is-
(A) Feasible (B) Not feasible (C) In equilibrium (D) None.
3. Which of the following has maximum number of unpaired electrons ?
(A) Fe2+ (B) Fe3+ (C) Co3+ (D) Co2+
4 When a primary amine reacts with chloroform in ethanolic KOH, then the product is a/an
(A) Isocyanide (B) Aldehyde (C) Cyanide (D) Alcohol
5 The specific conductivity of solution depends upon :
(A) Number of ions as well as mobility of ions (B) Number of ions per ml solution
(C) Number of ions per cc as well as mobilities of ions (D) Mobilities of ions only
6 The number of ions formed in aqueous solution by the compound [Co(NH3)4Cl2]Cl is-
(A) 2 (B) 3 (C) 4 (D) 7 `
7 Which of the following method cannot be considered suitable for the preparation of alkyl halide:
(A) Halogenation of alkane (B) ROH and PX3 (C) ROH and HX (D) Alkene and HX
8 The charge on cobalt in [Co(CN)6]3– is-
(A) –6 (B) +3 (C) –3 (D) +6
9 For a given reaction the concentration of the reactant plotted against time gave a straight line with
negative slope. The order of the reaction is-
(A) 3 (B) 2 (C) 1 (D) 0
10 Phenol is less acidic than
(A) ethanol (B) methanol (C) o-nitrophenol (D) p-cresol.
11 The formation of acetanilide from aniline is an example of-
(A) An aromatic electrophilic substitution (B) An aromatic nucleophilic substitution
(C) An addition-elimination reaction (D) A primary amide formation
12 Diethyl ether on heating with conc. HI gives two moles of:
(A) Ethanol (B) Iodoform (C) Ethyl iodide (D) Methyl idodide
13 Which of the following rate laws has an overall order of 0.5 for the reaction A + B + C → Product-
(A) R = k[A].[B].[C] (B) R = k[A]0.5 [B]0.5 [C]0.5
(C) R = k[A]1.5 [B]–1 [C]0 (D) R = k[A] [B]0 [C]0.5

14 Ni2+ is a system of :
(A) d7 type (B) d8 type (C) d6 type (D) d5 type
In the following questions a statement of assertion followed by a statement of reason is given.
Choose the correct answer out of the following choices.
(a) Both assertion and reason are true, and reason is the correct explanation of the assertion.
(b) Both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct explanation of assertion.
(c) Assertion is not true but reason is true.
(d) Both assertion and reason are false.

15. Assertion(A):-Cyclic structure of glucose does not gives Schiffs test.


Reason(R):-CHO group is not free.
16. Assertion(A): Alcohols are comparatively more soluble in water than hydrocarbons of comparable
molecular mass.
Reason(R):- Alcohol molecules can form hydrogen bonds with water. Hydrocarbons do not form
hydrogen bonds with water.

17 Assertion(A):- : Diazonium salts of aromatic amines are more stable than those of aliphatic
amines.
Reason(A):- : Diazonium ion shows resonance.
18. Assertion(A):- : Transition metals have high boiling points and high enthalpy of atomization.
Reason(R) : The transition metals occur in bcc, hcp or ccp structures characteristic of metals.

SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions
are
very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19. Define molar conductivity of a solution and explain how molar conductivity changes with change
in
concentration of solution for a weak electrolyte.
Or
Λm0 for NaCl, HCl and CH3COONa are 126.4, 425.9 and 91.0 S cm2 mol–1 respectively.
Calculate
Λm0 for CH3COOH
20. A reaction is second order with respect to a reactant. How is the rate of reaction affected if the
Concentration of the reactant is i) doubled ii) reduced to half?
21. Write the reaction and IUPAC name of the product formed when 2-Methylpropanal
(isobutyraldehyde) is treated with ethyl magnesium bromide followed by hydrolysis.
22. What happens when D-glucose is treated with
i) HI ii) Br2 water
23. Define half-life of a reaction and Write the expression of first order reaction rate constant.
24. Why are haloalkanes more reactive towards nucleophilic substitution reactions than haloarenes
and vinylic halides?
Or
Arrange the compounds Bromomethane, Bromoform, Chloromethane, Dibromomethane in
order of increasing boiling points
25. Write the hybridization and shape of the following complexes.
i) [Co(NH3)6]3+ ii) [Ni(CO)4]

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions
are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.

26. a) Write IUPAC name of the compounds (CH3CH2)2NCH3 and (CH3)3N


b) Complete the following reactions:
i). C6H5NH2 + CHCl3 + alc.KOH →
ii). C6H5N2Cl + H3PO2 + H2O →
Or
a) Arrange the following in increasing order of their basic strength
(i) C2H5NH2, C6H5NH2, NH3, (C2H5)2NH
(ii) C2H5NH2, (C2H5)2NH, (C2H5)3N
(iii) CH3NH2, C6H5NH2, C6H5CH2NH2
27. Give simple chemical tests to distinguish between the following pairs of compounds:
a) Phenol and Benzoic acid
b) Acetaldehyde and Benzaldehyde
c) Benzoic acid and Ethyl benzoate
28. a). Write the hybridization and shape of the following complexes:
i). [Co(NH3)6]3+ ii). [Ni(CO)4]
b). Out of NH3 and ‘en’ which ligand forms more stable complex with metal and why ?
or
Write the formula for the following coordination compounds
(a) Tetraammineaquachloridocobalt (III) chloride
(b) Potassium trioxalatoaluminate (III)
(c) Dichloridobis(ethane-1,2-diamine)cobalt(III)ion
29. Give reasons for the following:
a) Methyl iodide undergoes SN2 reaction faster than methyl bromide.
b) (±) 2-Butanol is optically inactive.
c) C-X bond length in halobenzene is smaller than C-X bond length in CH3-X.
30. a). What are azeotropes ?
b). Calculate the amount of KCl which must be added to 1 kg. of water so that the freezing point
is depressed by 2K. (Kf for water = 1.86kg/mol)

SECTION D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question carries 4 (1+1+2) marks each.
Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.

31. Henna is investigating the melting point of different salt solutions. She makes a salt solution using
10 mL of water with a known mass of NaCl salt. She puts the salt solution into a freezer and leaves
it to freeze. She takes the frozen salt solution out of the freezer and measures the temperature when
the frozen salt solution melts. She repeats each experiment.

S.No Mass of the salt Melting point in 0C


used in g
Readings Set 1 Reading Set 2
1 0.3 -1.9 -1.9
2 0.4 -2.5 -2.6
3 0.5 -3.0 -5.5
4 0.6 -3.8 -3.8
5 0.8 -5.1 -5.0
6 1.0 -6.4 -6.3

Assuming the melting point of pure water as 0oC, answer the following questions:
a. One temperature in the second set of results does not fit the pattern. Which temperature is
that? Justify your answer.
b. Why did Henna collect two sets of results?
c. In place of NaCl, if Henna had used glucose, what would have been the melting point of the
solution with 0.6 g glucose in it?
OR
c. What is the predicted melting point if 1.2 g of salt is added to 10 mL of water?
Justify your answer.

32. Bharati a domestic helper of Mrs. Ashadevi fainted while mopping the floor. Mrs. Ashadevi
immediately took her to the nearby hospital where she was diagnosed to be severely
‘anaemic’, the doctor prescribed an iron rich diet and multivitamin supplement to her
Mrs Ashadevi supported her financially to get the medicines. After a month Bharati was
diagnosed to be normal,
(i) Name the vitamin which help in clotting of blood.
(ii) Name the vitamin which cause pernicious anaemia?
(iii) (a)Give an example of water insoluble vitamin?
(b)Write the chemical name of vitamin B12
SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have an
internal choice.
33. (a) Write chemical equations to illustrate the following name reactions:
(i) Cannizzaro’s reaction (ii) Hell Volhard-Zelinsky reaction
(b) Give chemical tests to distinguish between the following pairs of compounds:
(i) Propanal and propanone (ii) Acetophenone and Benzophenone
(iii) Phenol and Benzoic acid
34. a). Zinc(Zn), Cadmium(Cd) and Mercury(Hg) are not regarded as transition elements. Justify
this statement using electronic configuration.
b). Give suitable reason for the following:
i). Sc3+ is colourless in aqueous solution whereas Ti3+ is coloured.
ii). The Mn2+ compounds are more stable than Fe2+ towards oxidation to their +3 state.
iii). Many transition elements and their compounds act as good catalysts.
OR
a). What is Lanthanoid contraction ? Write two consequences of lanthanoid contraction.
b) Complete the following equations:
i) MnO4- + NO2- + H+ →
ii) Cr2O7 2- + H2S + H+→
c) Actinoids exhibit much larger number of oxidation states than the lanthanoids. Why?

35. (a) The cell in which the following reaction occurs:


2 Fe3+(aq) + 2I- (aq) → 2 Fe2+(aq) + I2(s)
has E0cell = 0.236 V at 298K. Calculate the standard Gibbs energy and equilibrium constant of the cell
reaction.( Antilog of 6.5 = 3.162 x 106 ; of 8.0 = 10 x 108 ; of 8.5 = 3.162 x 108
(b) State Kohlrausch’s law and limiting molar conductivity.
OR
(a) A current of one ampere is flowing through a wire. Calculate the number of electrons flowing
through the cross-section of the wire per second.
(b) What type of a battery is lead storage battery? Write anodic and cathodic reactions and the
overall cell reactions occurring in the operation of lead storage battery.
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET-14
CLASS: XII CHEMISTRY THEORY(043)
MM: 70 Time: 3hours

General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case-based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each question carries 1
mark. There is no internal choice in this section.
1. What is the correct order of boiling points of alcohols having the same number of carbon atoms?
a. 1°>2°>3°
b. 3°>2°>1°
c. 3°>1°>2°
d. 2°>1°>3°

2. Which of the following alkyl halides will undergo SN1 reaction most readily?
a. (CH3)3 C-F
b. (CH3)3 C-Cl
c. (CH3)3 C-Br
d. (CH3)3 C-I

3.What happens to the atomic size of lanthanides as the atomic number increases?
a. The radius remains unchanged
b. The radius first increases and then decreases
c. The radius increases
d. The radius decreases
4. What effect does temperature have on the half-life of a first-order reaction?
a. It increases
b. It decreases
c. It remains the same
d. Both increases as well as decreases.

5.Which of the following statement is false about a lead storage battery?


a. It is a primary cell
b. The cathode is made up of lead (IV) oxide
c. The anode is made up of lead
d. The electrolyte used is an aqueous solution of sulphuric acid.
6.In 30 minutes, a first-order reaction is 50% complete. Calculate the amount of time it took to complete
87.5% of the reaction.

a. 30 minutes
b. 60 minutes
c. 90 minutes
d. 120 minutes

7.Identify the name of the reaction, when acetamide is converted into methylamine?
a. Friedel-Craft’s reaction
b. Hofmann reaction
c. Hoffmann bromamide degradation reaction
d. Hinsberg reaction

8. Which of the following statement is not correct about bonding in coordinationcompounds?


a. Crystal Field Theory
b. VSEPR Theory
c. Valence Bond Theory
d. Molecular Orbital Theory
9. Which of the following process does not involve in the production of alcohol?
a. Acid catalysed hydration of alkenes
b. Free radical halogenation of alkanes
c. Reduction of aldehydes
d. Hydroboration-oxidation of alkenes

10. Which of the following reacts with primary amines and can be separated from secondary and tertiary
amines?
a. Chloroform alone
b. Methyl iodide
c. Chloroform and alcoholic KOH
d. Zinc dust

11. Which of the following is not an application regarding formaldehyde?


a. Preservation of biological specimens
b. Preparation of acetic acid
c. Silvering of mirrors
d. Manufacturing of Bakelite

12.Rate law for the reaction A + 2B -----> C is found to be Rate = k[A][B], Concentrationof reactant ‘B’ is
doubled, keeping the concentration of ‘A’ constant, the value of rate constant will be
a. The same
b. Doubled
c. Quadruple
d. Halved

13. Primary and secondary valency of Pt in [Pt(en)2Cl2] are


a. 4, 4
b. 4, 6
c. 6, 4
d. 2, 6
14.Which of the following compounds is formed when benzyl alcohol is oxidised with KMnO4
a. CO2 and H2O
b. Benzoic acid
c. Benzaldehyde
d. Benzophenone

15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)

Assertion (A): Addition reaction of water to but-1-ene in acidic medium yields butan-2-ol

Reason (R): Addition of water in acidic medium proceeds through the formation of
primary carbocation.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

16.Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)

Assertion (A): Vitamin D can be stored in our body.

Reason (R): Vitamin D is fat soluble vitamin.

Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

17.Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)

Assertion: Transition metals are good catalysts.

Reason: V2O5 or Pt is used in the preparation of H2SO4 by contact process.Select the most
appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.

18.Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Acetanilide is less basic than aniline.
Reason (R): Acetylation of aniline results in decrease of electron density on nitrogen.Select the most
appropriate answer from the options given below:
a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d. A is false but R is true.
SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The followingquestions are very short
answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19. For a general reaction A ⎯→ B, the plot of concentration of A vs time is given in Fig. Answer the
following question on the basis of graph.

(a) What is the order of the reaction ?


(b) What is the unit of the rate constant?

20. Differentiate between the following:


(i) Amylose and Amylopectin
(ii) Fibrous proteins and Globular proteins

OR
Write chemical reactions to show that open structure of D-glucose contains the following:
(i) Straight chain
(ii) Aldehyde as carbonyl group
21.(a) Out of Chlorobenzene and benzyl chloride, which one gets easily hydrolysed by aqueous NaOH
and why?
(b) Predict the major product formed when 2-Bromopentane reacts with alcoholic KOH.

22..Give the formulae of the following compounds:


(i) Potassium tetrahydroxidozincate (II)
(ii) Hexaammineplatinum (IV) chloride

23. E0cell for the given redox reaction is 2.71 V


Mg(s) + Cu2+ (0.01 M) → Mg2+ (0.001 M) + Cu(s)
Calculate Ecell for the reaction.
24. For the reaction
2N2O5 (g) ⎯⎯→ 4NO2 (g) + O2 (g)
The rate of formation of NO2 (g) is 2·8 x 10-3 ms-1.
Calculate the rate of disappearance of N2O5 (g).
25. How do you convert the following?
(a) Ethanal to Propanone
(b) Toluene to Benzoic acid
OR
Account for the following:
(a) Aromatic carboxylic acids do not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction.
(b) pKa value of 4-nitrobenzoic acid is lower than that of benzoic acid.

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following questions are
short answer type and carry 3 marks each.

26. An organic compound ‘ A ‘ having molecular formula C3H6 on treatment with aq. H2SO4 give ‘B’ which
on treatment with Lucas reagent gives ‘C’. The compound ‘C’ on treatment with ethanolic KOH gives back
‘A’ .Identify A, B, C .

27. (a) Write the formula of the following coordination compound: Iron (III) hexacyanoferrate (II)
(b) What type of isomerism is exhibited by the complex [Co (NH3)5Cl] SO4?
(c) Write the hybridisation and number of unpaired electrons in the complex [CoF6]3- .(Atomic No. of Co =
27)
28. Give reasons for the following:
(a) Measurement of osmotic pressure method is preferred for the determination of molar masses of
macromolecules such as proteins and polymers.
(b) Aquatic animals are more comfortable in cold water than in warm water.
(c) Elevation of boiling point of 1 M KCl solution is nearly double than that of 1 M sugar solution.
OR
State Henrys law and write its two applications.

29. (a) Give reasons:


(i) (CH3)2NH is more basic than (CH3)3N in an aqueous solution.
(ii) Aromatic Diazonium salts are more stable than aliphatic Diazonium salts.
(b) Give a simple chemical test to distinguish between Aniline and N, N-dimethyl aniline.

30.(i) Out of (CH3 )3C–Br and (CH3 )3C–I, which one is more reactive towards SN 1 and why?
(ii) Write the product formed when p-nitro Chlorobenzene is heated with aqueous NaOH at 443 K
followed by acidification.
(iii) Why dextro and laevo – rotatory isomers of Butan-2-ol are difficult to separate by fractional distillation?
OR
(a) Identify the chiral molecule in the following pair:
(i) 3-methyl butan-2-ol (ii) 2,4-dimethyl butan-3-ol
(b) Write the structure of the product when Chlorobenzene is treated with methyl chloride in the presence
of sodium metal and dry ether.
(c) Write the structure of the alkene formed by dehydrohalogenation of 1-bromo-1-methylcyclohexane with
alcoholic KOH.
SECTION D
The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and carries 4 (1+1+2)
marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that follow.
31. Carbohydrates play a vital role in our daily life. These are classified as monosaccharides,oligosaccharides
and polysaccharides depending upon the number of smaller molecules on hydrolysis. It has been
suggested that monosaccharides do not have a free aldehydic or ketonic group but have cyclic
hemiacetal or hemiketal structures. D-glucose exists in two stereo isomeric forms; α-D-glucose and
β-D-glucose which have different positions of H and OH groups on first carbon atom. Disaccharides such
as sucrose, maltose, lactose etc. give monosaccharides on hydrolysis. Polysaccharides are starch,cellulose,
glycogen havingmolecular formula (C6H10 O5)n.
Answer the following questions:
(i) What is the name of the linkage which holds together monosaccharide units in sucrose?
(ii) Name the water insoluble component of starch.
(iii) a) Why does glucose not give 2, 4-DNP test?

b) When glucose is heated with methyl alcohol in the presence of dry HCl gas, it forms two methyl
glycosides.
Is it true or false?

32. Two solutions having same osmotic pressure at a given temperature are called isotonic solutions. When
such solutions are separated by semipermeable membrane, no osmosis occurs between them. For
example, the osmotic pressure associated with fluid inside the blood cell is equivalent to that of 0.9%
(mass/volume) sodium chloride solution, called normal saline solution and it is safe to inject intravenously.
On the other hand, if we place the cells in a solution containing more than 0.9% sodium chloride, water
will flow out of the cells and they would shrink. Such a solution is called hypertonic. If the salt
concentration is less than 0.9%, the solution is said to be hypotonic. In this case, water will flow into the cells
if placed in this solution and they would swell.

Answer the following questions:


(i) What is meant by isotonic solution?
(ii) Which concentration of sodium chloride solution is suitable for transfusion into blood?
(iii)a) If a solution of 3g of sodium chloride dissolved in 500 ml of water is injected into the body, what will
happen to the blood cells?
b) What is the difference between hypertonic solution and hypotonic solution?

SECTION E
0
33. (a) Calculate ∆G for the reaction
Zn (s) + Cu2+ (aq) ⎯⎯→ Zn2+ (aq) + Cu (s).
Given: E0 for Zn2+/Zn = – 0·76 V and E0 for Cu2+/Cu = + 0·34 V
R = 8·314 JK–1 mol–1, F = 96500 C mol–1.
(b) Give two advantages of fuel cells.
OR
(a) Out of the following pairs, predict with reason which pair will allow greater conduction of electricity:
(i) Silver wire at 300C or Silver wire at 600 C.
(ii) 0·1 M CH3COOH solution or 1 M CH3COOH solution.
(iii) KCl solution at 200C or KCl solution at 500 C.
(b) Give two points of differences between electrochemical and electrolytic cells.

34. (a) Complete the following reactions:

(b) What happens when?


(i) Propanone is treated with methyl magnesium iodide and then hydrolysed.
(ii) Benzene is treated with CH3COCl in presence of anhydrous AlCl3?
OR
(a) Write chemical equations for the following reactions:
(i) Propanone is treated with dilute Ba (OH)2.
(ii) Acetophenone is treated with Zn (Hg)/Conc. HCl
(iii) Benzoyl chloride is hydrogenated in presence of Pd/BaSO4.
(b) Account for the following:
(i) Aromatic carboxylic acids do not undergo Friedel-Crafts reaction.
(ii) pKa value of 4-nitrobenzoic acid is lower than that of benzoic acid.

35. (a) Account for the following:


(i) Copper (I) compounds are white whereas Copper (II) compounds are coloured.
(ii) Chromates change their colour when kept in an acidic solution.
(iii) Zn, Cd, Hg are considered as d-block elements but not as transition elements.
(b) Calculate the spin-only moment of Co2+ (Z = 27) by writing the electronic configuration of Co and
2+
Co .
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 15
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

PRACTICE QUESTION PAPER


MM:70 Time: 3 hours

General Instructions:
Read the following instructions carefully.
a) There are 35 questions in this question paper with internal choice.
b) SECTION A consists of 18 multiple-choice questions carrying 1 mark each.
c) SECTION B consists of 7 very short answer questions carrying 2 marks each.
d) SECTION C consists of 5 short answer questions carrying 3 marks each.
e) SECTION D consists of 2 case- based questions carrying 4 marks each.
f) SECTION E consists of 3 long answer questions carrying 5 marks each.
g) All questions are compulsory.
h) Use of log tables and calculators is not allowed

SECTION A
The following questions are multiple-choice questions with one correct answer. Each question
carries 1 mark. There is no internal choice in this section.
1. Ethyl alcohol can be prepared from Grignard reagent by the reaction of :
(a) HCHO (b) R2CO
(c) RCN (d) RCOCl
2. Haloarenes are ortho and para directing due to
(a) Resonance in aryl halide
(b) – I effect of halogen atom
(c) + I effect of halogen atom
(d) Both (a) and (b)
3. A compound of a metal ion M2+( Z= 24) has a spin only magnetic moment of 15 Bohr
Magnetons. The number of unpaired electrons in the compound are
(a) 2
(b) 4
(c) 5
(d) 3
4.Which of the following is not a first order reaction ?
(a) Hydrogenation of ethene
(b) Natural radioactive decay of unstable nuclei
(c) Decomposition of HI on gold surface
(d) Decomposition of N2O
5. Molar conductivities (^0m) at infinite dilution of NaCl, HCl and CH3COONa are 126.4, 425.9
and 91.0 S cm2 mol-1 respectively. ^0m for CH3COOH will be
(a) 425.5 S cm2 mol-1
1
(b) 180.5 S cm2 mol-1
(c) 290.8 S cm2 mol-1
(d) 390.5 S cm2 mol-1
6. In the Arrhenius plot of ln k vs 1 /T a linear plot is obtained with a slope of –2 × 104 K. The
energy of activation of the reaction (in kJ mol-1) is (R value is 8.3 J K-1mol-1)
(a) 83
(b) 166
(c) 249
(d) 332
7. Which of the following statements are correct ?
(i) Primary amines show more intermolecular associatio than secondary amines.
(ii) Tertiary amines do not show intermolecular association.
(iii) Boiling points of isomeric amines follow the order 3° > 2° > 1°
(a) (i) and (iii)
(b) (i) and (ii)
(c) (i), (ii) and (iii)
(d) (ii) and (iii)

8.What is the denticity of the ligand ethylenediaminetetra actetate ion?


(a) 4
(b) 2
(c) 6
(d) 1
9.The major organic product in the reaction, CH3— O — CH(CH3)2 + HI → is
(a) ICH2CH(CH3)2
(b) CH3OC(I)(CH3)2
(c) CH3I + (CH3)2CHOH
(d) CH3OH + (CH3)2CHI
10. Carbylamine reaction is used for the detection of
(a) aliphatic 2° amines
(b) aliphatic 1° amines
(c) aromatic 1° amines
(d) Both (b) and (c)
11. Less reactivity of ketone is due to
(a) + I inductive effect decrease positive charge on carbonyl carbon atom
(b) steric effect of two bulky alkyl groups
(c) sp2 hybridised carbon atom of carbonyl carbon atom
(d) Both (a) and (b)
12. In the reaction , 2A + B → A2B if the concentration of A is doubled and that of B is halved,
then the rate of the reaction will:
(a) increase 2 times
(b) increase 4 times
(c) decrease 2 times
(d) remain the same
13. The stabilisation of cooordination compounds due to chelation is called the chelate effect.
Which of the following is the most stable complex species ?
(a) [Fe(CO)5 ]
2
(b) [Fe(CN)6 ]3-
(c)[Fe(C2O4)3]3-
(d)[Fe(H2O)6] 3+
14. Which of the following compound will show positive silver mirror test ?
(a) HCOOH
(b) CH3(CHOH)3 CHO
(c) CH3CO(CHOH)CH3
(d) Both (a) and (b)
15. Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason ®
Assertion(A) : tert - Butyl methyl ether is not prepared by the reaction of ter-butyl bromide with
sodium methoxide.
Reason (R): Sodium methoxide is a strong nucleophile.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a.Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
B.Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c. A is true but R is false.
d.A is false but R is true.

16.Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A) : Sucrose is called an invert sugar.
Reason (R) :On hydrolysis, sucrose bring the change in the sign of rotation from dextro (+) to
laevo(-).
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a.Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b.Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c.A is true but R is false.
d.A is false but R is true.
17.Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Magnetic moment values of actinides are lesser than thetheoretically
predicted values.
Reason (R) : Actinide elements are strongly paramagnetic.
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a.Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b.Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c.A is true but R is false.
d A is false but R is true.
18.Given below are two statements labelled as Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): Aromatic 1°amines can not be prepared by Gabriel phthalimide synthesis.
Reason (R) : Aryl halides undergo nucleophilic substitution with anion formed by phthalimide
Select the most appropriate answer from the options given below:
a.Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A
b.Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
c.A is true but R is false.
d.A is false but R is true.

SECTION B
This section contains 7 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
3
questions are very short answer type and carry 2 marks each.
19.A first order reaction is 25% complete in 40 minutes. Calculate the value of rate
constant. In what time will the reaction be 80% completed?

20.Give the plausible explanation for the following :


(a) Glucose doesn’t give 2,4-DNP test.
(b) The two strands in DNA are not identical but are complementary.
OR
(i) Write the name of two monosaccharides obtained on hydrolysis of lactose sugar.
(ii) Why Vitamin C cannot be stored in our body?

21.Give reasons for the following :


(a) The presence of –NO2 group at ortho or para position increases the reactivity of haloarenes
towards nucleophilic substitution reactions.
(b) p-dicholorobenzene has higher melting point than that of ortho or meta isomer.

OR
How do you convert:
(i) Chlorobenzene to biphenyl
(ii) Propene to 1-iodopropane
22.Write IUPAC name of the complex [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]+. Draw structures of geometrical
isomers for this complex.
23. In the plot of molar conductivity (Λm) vs square root of concentration (c1/2), following
curves are obtained for two electrolytes A and B :

Answer the following :


(i) Predict the nature of electrolytes A and B.
(ii) What happens on extrapolation of Λm to concentration approaching zero for electrolytes A
and B?
24.(a) Explain the following terms:
(i) Order of a reaction (ii) Molecularity of a reaction
25.What happens when
(a) Acetone is treated with Zn(Hg) / Conc. HCl, and
(b) Ethanal is treated with methylmagnesium bromide and then hydrolysed ?

SECTION C
This section contains 5 questions with internal choice in two questions. The following
questions are short answer type and carry 3 marks each.
26.(a) Write the mechanism of the following reaction :
4
(b) Write the preparation of phenol from cumene.
27.Explain the following terms giving a suitable example in each case:
(i) Ambident ligand
(ii) Denticity of a ligand
(iii) Crystal field splitting in an octahedral field.
28. State Henry’s law. Calculate the solubility of CO2 in water at 298 K under 760 mm Hg.
(KH for CO2 in water at 298 K is 1.25 x 106 mm Hg

29. Write the structures of compounds A, B and C in the following reactions :

30.Write the major product (s) in the following:

OR
Name the reagents used in the following reactions:
(i) Benzyl alcohol to benzoic acid.
(ii) Dehydration of propan-2-ol to propene.
(iii) Butan-2-one to butan-2-ol.
SECTION D

The following questions are case-based questions. Each question has an internal choice and
carries 4 (1+1+1+1) marks each. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions that
follow.
31.Organic compounds containing amine as functional group are present in a vivid variety of
compounds, namely amino acids, hormones, neurotransmitters, DNA, alkaloids, dyes, etc. Drugs
including nicotine, morphine, codeine and heroin, etc. which have physiological effects on
humans also contain amino group in one form or another. Amines are basic because of the
presence of lone pair of electrons on nitrogen. Addition of nitrogen into an organic framework
leads to the formation of two families of molecules, namely amines and amides. As chemistry
students, we must appreciate the versatility of nitrogen.

5
1. What are amino acids ?
2. Why are amino acids amphoteric ?
3. Give one point of difference between acidic and basic amino acid.
4. What are essential amino acids ?
OR
Name the linkage formed when carboxyl end of one amino acid condenses with amino end of
other amino acid.
32. Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow: Solutions are homogeneous
mixture of two or more substances. Ideal solution follow Raoult’s law. The vapour pressure of each
component is directly proportional to their mole fraction if both solute and solvent are volatile. The
relative lowering of vapour pressure is equal to mole fraction of solute if only solvent is volatile.
Non-ideal solution form azeotropes which cannot be separated by fractional distillation. Henry’s
law is special case of Raoult’s law applicable to gases dissolved in liquids.
Colligative properties depend upon number of particles of solute. Relative lowering of vapour
pressure, elevation in boiling point, depression in freezing point and osmotic pressure are
colligative properties which depend upon mole fraction of solute, molality and molarity of
solutions. When
solute undergoes either association or dissociation, molecular mass determined by colligative
property
will be abnormal. van’t Hoff factor is used in such cases which is ratio of normal molecular mass
over observed molar mass.
(1) 50 ml of an aqueous solution of glucose (Molar mass 180 g/mol) contains 6.02 × 1022
molecules. What is molarity?
(2) Identify which liquid has lower vapour pressure at 90°C if boiling point of liquid ‘A’ and ‘B’
are 140°C and 180° respectively.
(3) What type of azeotropes are formed by nonideal solution showing negative deviation from
Raoult’s law?
(4) For a 5% solution of area (molar mass 60 g mol-1), calculate the osmotic pressure at 300 K
(R = 0.0821 L atm k-1).
OR
Predict the van’t Hoff factor for (i) CH3COOH dissolved in water, (ii) dissolved in benzene.

SECTION E
The following questions are long answer type and carry 5 marks each. Two questions have an
internal choice.
33. (a) Write the cell reaction and calculate the e.m.f. of the following cell at 298 K :
Sn (s) | Sn2+ (0·004 M) || H+(0·020 M) | H2 (g) (1 bar) | Pt (s), (Given : E°(Sn2+/Sn)= – 0·14 V)
(b) Give reasons :
(i) On the basis of E° values, O2 gas should be liberated at anode but it is Cl2 gas which is
liberated in the electrolysis of aqueous NaCl.
(ii) Conductivity of CH3COOH decreases on dilution.

OR
(a)Define conductivity and molar conductivity for the solution of an electrolyte.
(b)Resistance of a conductivity cell filled with 0.1 mol L-1 KCl solution is100 Ω. If the
resistance of the same cell when filled with 0.02 mol L-1 KCl solution is 520 Ω, calculate

6
the conductivity and molar conductivity of 0.02 mol L-1 KCl solution. The conductivity of
0.1 mol L-1 KCl solution is 1.29 ×10-2 Ω-1 cm-1 .
34. (a) Account for the following:
(i) ClCH2COOH− is a stronger acid than CH3COOH.
(ii) Carboxylic acids do not give reactions of carbonyl group.
(b) Write the chemical equations to illustrate the following name reactions:
(i) Rosenmund reduction (ii) Cannizzaro's reaction
(c) Out of Pentan-2-one and Pentan-3-one which gives iodoform test?

OR

(a)A and B are two functional isomers of compound C6H6O. On heating with NaOH and I2 isomer
B forms yellow precipitate of iodoform whereas isomer A does not form precipitate.Write the
formulae of A and B.
(b)Distinguish between:
(i) C6H5COCH3 and C6H5CHO (ii) CH3COOH and HCOOH
(c) Arrange the following in the increasing order of their boiling points:
CH3CHO , CH3COOH , CH3CH2OH
35. Answer the following:
1. Why are Zn, Cd and Hg non-transition elements ?
2. Which transition metal of 3d series does not show variable oxidation states ?
3. Why do transition metals and their compounds show catalytic activity ?
4. Why are melting points of transition metals high ?
5. Why is Cu2+ ion coloured while Zn2+ ion is colourless in aqueous solution ?

7
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 1
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
MARKING SCHEME
1 Answer: (d) 1
2 Answer: (d) 1
3 Answer: (d) 1
4 Answer: b 1
5 Answer: c 1
6 c) electrophilic addition 1

7 Answer: c 1
8 (b) 1 –Phenyl -3- bromopropane ((C6H5)CH2CH=CH2 + HBr (organic peroxide)  1
(C6H5)CH2CH2CH2Br anti-Markovnikov addition)
9 (b) CH3Cl, Na, Dry ether 1
10 Answer: (c) 1
11 D. Reaction with Fehling solution 1
12 Answer: (b) IV 1
13 d) N-Ethyl - N-methylethanamine 1
14 (b) CH3CH2NHCH3 1
15 (b)Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A. The magnetic moment 1
is less as the 5f electrons of actinides are less effectively shielded which results in
quenching of orbital contributions , they are strongly paramagnetic due to presence of
unpaired electrons
16 (d) Assertion is false, because aryl halides do not undergo nucleophilic substitution under 1
ordinary conditions. This is due to resonance, because of which the carbon– chlorine bond
acquires partial double bond character, hence it becomes shorter and stronger and thus
cannot be replaced by nucleophiles. However Reason is true.
17 A 1
18 A 1
19 (i) MnO4 – 2
(ii) limiting molar conductivity of an electrolyte can be represented as the sum of
the individual contributions of the anion and cation of the electrolyte
20 Reaction is a complex reaction. ½
Order of reaction is 1.5.
Molecularity cannot be 1.5, it has no meaning for this reaction. ½
The reaction occurs in steps, so it is a complex reaction.
(ii)units of k are mol-1/2L 1/2s -1 1
Or

Solution:

1
21 k = 0.693/t1/2 ½
k = 0.693/5730 years-1 ½
t = 2.303/k log Co /Ct
let Co = 1 Ct = 3/10 ½
so Co/Ct = 1/ (3/10) = 10/3 1/2
t = 2.303 x 5730 log 10 0.693 3 t = 19042 x (1-0.4771) = 9957 years
or ½
.Half life t1/2 = 0.693 /k k= 0.693/69.3 = 1/100 = 0.01 min-1 1
For first order reaction 𝑘 = 2.303 𝑡 𝑙𝑜𝑔 [𝑅𝑜] [𝑅] 1/2
𝑡 = 2.303 0.01 𝑙𝑜𝑔 100 20 𝑡 = 230.3 log 5 (log 5 =0.6990) t= 160.9 min
22 Racemic mixture will be given by 2 chlorobutane as it is an optically active compound. 1
When 2 chlorobutane undergoes SN 1 reaction, both front and rear attack are possible, 1
resulting in a racemic mixture
23 i) butanone < propanone < propanal < ethanal 1
ii) acetophenone < p-tolualdehyde < benzaldehyde < p-nitrobenzaldehyde 1
24 I)CORRECT DEFINITION 1
II)CORRECT DEFINITION 1
25 i) Glycogen 1
ii) Reaction with NaHSO3 or any other correct answer 1
26 Sol:
27 a) The colour of coordination compound depends upon the type of ligand and dd transition 1
taking place . H2O is weak field ligand , which causes small splitting , leading to the d-d
transition corresponding green colour , however due to the presence of ( en ) which ia
strong field ligand , the splitting is increased . Due to the change in t2g -eg splitting the
colouration of the compound changes from green to blue.
(b)Formula of the compound is [Co(H2NCH2CH2NH2 )3 ]2 (SO4 )3 The hybridisation of
the compound is: d2sp3 2
28 Correct reaction 1.5+1.5
29 i) Ethylamine and aniline : 1.5
By Azo dye test: It involves the reaction of any aromatic primary amine with
HNO2(NaNO2 + dil. HCl) at 273-278 K followed by treatment with an alkaline solution of
2-naphthol when a brilliant yellow, orange or red coloured dye is obtained.

(ii) Distinction between Aniline and Benzylamine :


By Nitrous acid test : Benzylamine reacts with HNO2 to form a diazonium salt which
being unstable even at low temperature, decomposes with evolution of N2 gas
1.5

30 i) Starch consists of two major components i.e. amylose and amylopectin. Amylose is 2
water-soluble, out of the two components, but amylopectin is water-insoluble.
(ii)Vitamin K is important for blood clotting and avoiding excessive bleeding.
OR 1
Correct answer
Correct answer
31 A boil below 100 0Cand freeze above 00C
B Solution B
C When salt is spread over snow covered roads then snow will melting from the surface
because of the depression in freezing point of water and it helps in clearing the roads
Or
Vent hoff fector is 2 of KCl
ii) unchanged

32 Q1 [Co(NH3)4(H2O)Cl]Cl2
Q2 Hexaamminenickel (II) chloride.
Q3 i) The complex formed on mixing a coordination compound CrCl3.6H2O with
AgNO3 is as follows
CrCl3.6H2O + AgNO3 → [Cr(H2O5)Cl]Cl2. H2O
(ii) Pentaaquachloridochromium (III) chloride monohydrate
Q3 i)oxidation no 3 coordination no 6
oxidation no 3 coordination no 6
33 Qi) Answer: 1+1
(a) On adding catalyst in a reaction, the activation energy reduces and rate of reaction is
fastened.
(b) A catalyst does not alter Gibbs energy (AG) of a reaction.
Qii) Answer: 1
Ag+/Ag < Cu2+/Cu < Fe2+/Fe < Cr3+/Cr < Mg2+/ Mg < K+/K
More negative the value of standard electrode potentials of metals is, more will be the
reducing power.
Qiii) No it is not safe because it reacts with AgNO3AgNO3 Solution ( Emf will be 1
positive.)
Or
Qi)
Qii)

34 (a) The ability of fluorine to stabilize the highest oxidation state is attributed to the higher
lattice energy or high bond enthalpy.
(b) Co2+ has three unpaired electrons so it would be paramagnetic in nature, hence Co2+
ion would be attracted to magnetic field.
(c) The transition elements of 5d series have intervening 4f orbitals. There is greater
effective nuclear charge acting on outer valence electrons due to the weak shielding by 4f
electrons. Hence first ionisation energy of 5 d series of transition elements are higher than
that of 3d and 4d series.
d
(i) Cu2+(aq) is much more stable than Cu+(aq). This is because although second ionization
enthalpy of copper is large but Δhyd (hydration enthalpy) for Cu2+(aq) is much more
negative than that for Cu+(aq) and hence it more than compensates for the second
ionization enthalpy of copper. Therefore, many copper (I) compounds are unstable in
aqueous solution and undergo disproportionation as follows :
2Cu+ → Cu2+ + Cu
(ii) Because of very small energy gap between 5f, 6d and 7s subshells all their electrons
can take part in bonding and shows variable oxidation states.

OR
i) a)Manganese is having lower melting point as compared to chromium , as it has highest
number of unpaired electrons , strong interatomic metal bonding , hence no delocalisation
of electrons .
b) There is much more frequent metal – metal bonding in compounds of the heavy
transition metals i.e 4d and 5d series , whixh accounts for lower melting point of 3d series.
c) Tungsten
ii)Answer:
(i) Because of presence of unpaired d electrons, which undergoes d-d transition by
absorption of energy from visible region and then the emitted light shows complementary
colours. This is how transition elements form coloured compounds.
(ii) Zinc in its common oxidation state of +2 has completely filled d-orbitals. Hence
considered as non-transition element.
35 Answer:

(b) (i) On heating with NaOH and I2, ethanal forms yellow ppt of CHI3 whereas propanal
can not.
CH3CHO + 3I2 → NaOH -4 CHI3 + 3NaI + HCOONa + 3H2O
(ii) On heating with NaOH and I2, aceptophenone forms yellow ppt of CHI3 whereas
benzaldehyde does not.
C6H5COCH3 + 3NaOI → C6H5COONa + CHI34 + 2NaOH
(iii) On adding NaHCO,, benzoic acid produces brisk effervescence of C02 gas whereas
ethylbenzoate does not.

iii) Ethanoic acid to 2-Hydroxyethanoic acid (All India 2017)


Answer:
(a) (i) Etard reaction

(ii) Stephen reduction:

(b) (i) Benzoic acid to Benzaldehyde


(ii) Acetophenone to Benzoic acid
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 2
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
ANSWER KEY
MARKS
SECTION A
Q. 1 (iv) 1
Q. 2 (i) 1
Q. 3 (ii) 1
Q. 4 (iii) 1
Q. 5 (iv) 1
Q. 6 (i) 1
Q. 7 (ii) 1
Q. 8 (iii) 1
Q. 9 (ii) 1
Q. 10 (i) 1
Q. 11 (ii) 1
Q. 12 (iii) 1

Q. 13 (ii) 1
Q. 14 (i)
Q. 15 (i) 1
Q. 16 (i) 1
Q. 17 (ii) 1
Q. 18 (ii) 1
SECTION B
Q. 19 When gases are dissolved in water, it is accompanied by a release of heat energy, i.e., process is
exothermic. When the temperature is increased, according to Le-chatlier’s Principle, the equilibrium shifts
in backward direction, and thus gases becomes less soluble in liquids. 2
Q. 20 (i) There will be no effect of catalyst on Gibbs .energy.
(ii) The catalyst provides an alternative pathway by decreasing the activation energy of a reaction. 2
Q. 21 The conductivity of a solution is linked with the number of ions present per unit volume. With dilution,
these decrease and the corresponding conductivity or specific conductance of the solution decreases. 2
Q. 22 Mn exhibits the largest number of oxidation states because it has electronic configuration [(Ar)3d 54s2],
Hence maximum oxidation state of Mn is + 7. 2
Q. 23 Alkyl halides though polar are immissible with H2O because energy is required to overcome the
attractions between the haloalkane molecule and to break the hydrogen bonds between the water
molecules. Thus, alkyl halides though polar are immisicible with water. 2
Q. 24 The carbon atom of the carbonyl group of benzaldehyde is less electrophilic than carbon atom of the
carbonyl group present in propanal. The polarity of the carbonyl group is reduced in benzaldehyde due to
resonance as shown below and hence it is less reactive than propanal. 2
Q. 25 (i) Butanamide
(ii) Benzenamine 2
(i) The hydrolysis products of lactose are glucose and galactose.
(ii) D-glucose reacts with hydroxylamine (NH2OH) to form an oxime because of the presence of aldehydic
(−CHO) group or carbonyl carbon. This happens as the cyclic structure of glucose forms an open chain
structure in an aqueous medium, which then reacts with NH 2OH to give an oxime. But pentaacetate of D-
glucose does not react with NH2OH. This is because pentaacetate does not form an open chain 1
structure. 1
SECTION C
Q. 26 (a) Osmosis is a process by which the molecules of a solvent pass from a solution of low concentration to
a solution of high concentration through a semi-permeable membrane. The osmotic flow can be stopped
or reversed, also called reverse osmosis, by exerting an external pressure to the sides of the solute. The
minimum pressure required to stop the solvent transfer is called the osmotic pressure.
(b) The oozing out water shrinks and kills the bacterial cells and destroys their presence on the
vegetables. Hence, soaking the vegetables in salt water not only removes the pesticides and
insecticides, but it also kills the bacteria and bugs present on them.
Q. 27 (i) In lanthanoids, 4f orbital is filled and in actinoids, 5f orbital is filled. lanthanoids have general electronic
configuration [Xe]4f1−14 5d0−1 6s2. Actinoids have general electronic configuration [Rn] 5f 1−14 6d0−1 7s2.
(ii) Apart from +3 oxidation state, lanthanoids show +2 and +4 oxidation states due to large energy gap
between 4f and 5d subshells. Whereas actinoids show large number of oxidation states due to small
energy gap between 5f and 6d subshells.
(iii)Highly electropositive lanthanoids have almost similar chemical reactivity. Actinoids (electropositive
and highly reactive) are more reactive (specially in finely divided state) than lanthanoids.
Lanthanide Contraction: The steady decrease in the atomic size of lanthanides on increasing the atomic
number is due to the increasing the nuclear charge and electrons entering the inner orbital or anti
penultimate shell. This steady decrease in the size with an increasing atomic number is called lanthanide
contraction.
Consequences of Lanthanoid contractions
Atomic size: The size of the atom of the third transition series is closely the same as that of the atom of
the second transition series. For example, the atomic radius of atomic radius of Hf and the atomic radius
of atomic radius of etc.
Difficulty in the separation of lanthanides: As there is only a minute change in the ionic radii of
lanthanides, their chemical properties are the same. This makes the separation very difficult.
Effect on the basic strength of hydroxides: The size of lanthanides decreases from to , the covalent
character of the hydroxides increases, and hence their basic strength decreases. For example, is said to
be the least basic, and is more basic.
Q. 28 (a) Butan-1-ol
(b) Propan-2-ol
(c) 2-Methylpropan-2-ol
Q. 29 (a) Methanol, ethanol, propan-1-ol, butan-2-ol, butan-1-ol, pentan-1-ol.
(b) Propan-1-ol, 4-methylphenol, phenol, 3-nitrophenol, 3,5-dinitrophenol, 2,4, 6-trinitrophenol.
(c) Methyl iodide and sodium tert butoxide
(i) In aniline, the electron pair on nitrogen atom is involved in conjugation with ring and is less available
for protonation than in methyl amine. Therefore,
pKb value of aniline is more than that of methylamine and aniline is less basic, (As higher the pKb value,
less is the basicity)
(ii) Ethylamine is soluble in water due to hydrogen bonding. In aniline due to bulky hydrocarbon part, the
extent of hydrogen bonding is less and it is not soluble in water.
(iii) Methylamine being more basic than water, accepts a proton from water and OH− ions are produced.
Q. 30 (i) Since, Vitamin C is soluble in water, so dissolves in water and can be elliminated out from the body
through urine. Hence, Vit C can be stored in the body.
(ii) A DNA molecule is double-stranded in which the pairing of bases occurs. Adenine always pairs with
thymine, while cytosine always pairs with guanine. Therefore, on hydrolysis of DNA, the quantity of
adenine produced is equal to that of thymine and similarly, the quantity of cytosine is equal to that of
guanine. But when RNA is hydrolyzed, there is no relationship among the quantities of the different bases
obtained. Hence, RNA is single-stranded.
SECTION D
Q. 31 (a) Mg, Al, Zn, Fe, Cu.
(b) The electrode reaction is Al3+ + 3e —> Al
∴ Quantity of charge required for reduction of 1 mol of Al 3+=3Fd=3 x 96500C=289500C.
(c) Mg+ Cu+2--> Mg+2+ Cu
OR
Anodic reaction: 2H2 (g ) + 4OH– (aq) --------------------- 4H2O(l) + 4e –
Cathodic reaction: O2 (g) + 2H2O(l) + 4e – --------------4OH– (aq) 1
Overall reaction 2H2 (g) + O2 (g) - ---------------2H2O(l) 2
1
Q. 32 (a) The objects which are non-superimposable on their mirror images are called chiral and the property
is known as chirality
(b) 1

(c)The p-isomer being more symmetrical fits closely in the crystal lattice and thus has stronger
intermolecular forces of attraction than o- and m-isomers. As during melting, the crystal lattice breaks,
therefore, a larger amount of energy is needed to melt the p-isomer than the corresponding o-and m-
isomers. In other words, the melting point of the p-isomer is higher than the corresponding o- and m-
isomers.
OR

2
SECTION E
Q. 33 (a) Temperature, catalyst, concentration of reactants etc.
(b) With increase in temperature, the rate of the reaction and the rate constant increases. As a
generalization, the rate of the reaction (and the rate constant) becomes almost double for every ten 1
degree rise in temperature. 2
(c) 2.303 log k = log A -Ea/T 1
(d) Proper orientation and Activation energy 1
(i) R = k[A][B]2 1
(ii) When concentration of B is tripled, rate of reaction increases by 9 times. (iii) Rate of reaction 1
increases by 8 times. 2
(iii)a-reaction-is-first-order-in-a-and-second-order-in-b-i-write-the-differential-rate-equation 1
(iv) mol-2L2s-1 and mol L-1 s-1
Q. 34 (a) H2O & CN- 2
(b) +2 1
(c) [Co(NH3)6]2(SO4)3 1
(d) 6 1
(a) In [Ni(CN)4]2−, the electrons are all paired as CN- is a strong field ligand. Therefore, d-d transition is
not possible in [Ni(CN)4]2−. Hence, it is colourless.
(b) In case of [Fe(CN)6]4− and [Fe(H2O)6]2+, the colour differs because there is a difference in the CFSE. 2
Now, CN− is a strong field ligand having a higher CFSE value as compared to the CFSE value of water. 2
(c) Chelate effect represents the stabilization of coordination compounds due to formation of metal 1
chelates. Complexes containing chelating ligands are more stable than complexes containing unidentate
ligands. Thus, [Co(en)3]3+ is more stable than [Co(NH3)6]3+. Here, en is ethylene diammine, a bidentate
ligand
Q. 35 1
1
1
1
Refer to NCERT Text Book 1
i) Cyclohexanones form cyanohydrins according to the following equation. In this case, the nucleophile
CN− can easily attack without any steric hindrance. However, in the case of 2, 2, 6
trimethylcydohexanone, methyl groups at α-positions offer steric hindrances and as a result, CN− cannot
attack effectively.For this reason, it does not form a cyanohydrin.
(ii) Semicarbazide undergoes resonance involving only one of the two −NH 2 groups, which is attached
directly to the carbonyl-carbon atom.Therefore, the electron density on −NH 2 group involved in the
resonance also decreases. As a result, it cannot act as a nucleophile. Since the other −NH2 group is not
involved in resonance; it can act as a nucleophile and can attack carbonyl-carbon atoms of aldehydes
and ketones to produce semicarbazones.
(iii) Ester along with water is formed reversibly from a carboxylic acid and an alcohol in presence of an
acid. If either water or ester is not removed as soon as it is formed, then it reacts to give back the 1
reactants as the reaction is reversible. Therefore, to shift the equilibrium in the forward direction i.e., to 2
produce more ester, either of the two should be removed. 2
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 3
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRYTIME
:3H MM: 70

MARKING SCHEME

S.No.
1 SECTION A 1
(b) Specific conductance decrease, molar conductance increase
2 (c) 3 1
3 (a) IO3 - 1
4 (b) 2 1
5 (c) C3H6 + HBr 1
6 (b) KMnO4 in acidic medium 1
7 (b) C6H5COCH3 1
8 (c) Hofmann bromamide reaction 1
9 (c) methyl iodide and magnesium (Grignard reagent’s 1
10 (c) reduction of isonitriles 1
11 (c) NH4+ ion does not have any lone pair of electrons 1
12 (b) The rate of appearance of C is one-half the rate of disappearance of B 1
13 (c) propanal and methanal 1
14 (c) mol-2 L² s-1 1
15 (c) Assertion is not true but reason is true 1
16 (b) Both assertion and reason are true but reason is not the correct 1
explanation of assertion.
17 (c) Assertion is not true but reason is true 1
18 (c) Assertion is not true but reason is true 1
19 SECTION B 1 1
(i) Mercury cell is used for low current devices like watches and hearing
aids.
(ii) The hydrogen oxygen fuel cell was used in Apollo space programme
20 Given: 2
t = 20 min, A0 = 100%, A = 100 – 25 = 75%, k =?
2.303 𝐴𝑜
k = 𝑡 log 𝐴
2.303 100
= log=
20 75
2.303
= log1.33
20
2.303
= 𝑡 x0.1248
K = 0.0143 min-1
So, for 75% completion of reactions
2.303 𝐴𝑜
t = 𝑘 log 𝐴
2.303 100
= 0.0143log 25
2.303
= 0.0143log 4
2.303
= 0.0143x0.6021 = 96.96 min

21 (i) Tetrachloridonickelate (II) ion (ii) Potassium trioxalatoaluminate (III) 1 1


22 Both are heated with aqueous NaOH. C2H5Br gives ethanol and NaBr, 2
which on reacting with AgNO3, gives yellow precipitate of AgBr.
C6H5Br does not respond to this test
23 Structural differences between DNA and RNA. 2
(i) The sugar in DNA is deoxyribose while that in RNA is ribose.
(ii) DNA has a double-stranded helical structure, while RNA has a single-
stranded helical structure.
Functional differences between DNA and RNA
(i) DNA is the chemical basis of heredity and is responsible for
maintaining the identity of different species.
(ii) RNA molecules are responsible for protein synthesis but the message
for the synthesis of a particular protein is present in DNA
OR Primary structure of proteins: Proteins may have one or more
polypeptide chains. Each polypeptide in a protein has amino acids linked
with each other in a specific sequence which is known as primary
structure of protein.
Secondary structure of proteins: The conformation which the polypeptide
chains assume as a result of hydrogen bonding is called the secondary
structure of the protein.Depending upon the size of the R groups, the two
different secondary structures are possible which are:
α-Helix structure: Intramolecular H-bonds present between the C = O of
one amino acid and N – H of fourth amino acid.
β-Pleated sheet structure: The two neighbouring polypeptide chains are
held together by intermolecular H-bonds
24 𝑍𝑛/𝐻𝑔 1 1
(i) CH3COCH3 → CH3CH2CH3
𝐻𝐶𝑙
𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻
(ii) 2C6H5CHO → C6H5CH2OH + C6H5COONa
OR
(a) Due to + I effect of the methyl group is CH3CHO.
(b) Due to – I effect of the nitro group in nitroacetic acid.
(c) Due to the strong electron-withdrawing effect of the carbonyl group
and resonance stabilization of the conjugate base.
25 Given T2=273+35 =308K T1 = 273+25 = 298K 2
Ea = 35 X 103 cal mol-1 R = 1.987 cal
𝐾2 𝐸𝑎 𝑇2−𝑇1
2.303 log 𝐾1 = 𝑅 𝑇1𝑇2
𝐾2 35000 308−298
2.303 log𝐾1 = 1.987 298𝑥308
𝐾2
= 6.812
𝐾1

26 SECTION C 1
(i) [Cr(NH3)4Cl2]Cl :
Hybridization : d2sp3
Shape : Octahedral 1
Magnetic behaviour: Paramagnetic
(ii) [Co(en)3]Cl3 :
Hybridization : d2sp3
Shape : Octahedral 1
Magnetic behaviour : Diamagnetic
(iii) K2[Ni(CN)4] :
Hybridization ; dsp2
Shape : Square planar
Magnetic behaviour: Diamagnetic
27 i. Tetrahydrofurane + HI (2 mol) →ICH2-CH2-CH2-CH2I + H2O 1 1
ii. Tertiary butylbromide + KOH (alc) →2-methylbromide +KBr +H2O 1
iii. C6H5OCH3 + CH3Cl → 2-methylanisol +4-methylanisol
28 ΔTf = 0.48 K, Kf = 5.12 K kg mol-1 3
M = 256 g mol-1, wA = 75g, wB = ?
𝐾𝑓 𝑥 1000 x 𝑊𝐵 5.12 x 1000 x WB
ΔTf = 0.48 =
WA x MB 75 x 256
048 x 75 x 256
WB = = 1.8g
5.12 x 1000
29 . (a) Aniline exists as a resonance hybrid of the following five structures: 3
The electron density is maximum at ortho and para positions to the – NH2
group. But in benzene there is no delocalisation of electron at any position
and hence electrophilic substitution in case of aromatic amines takes place
more readily than benzene.
(b) In ethanamide the lone pair of electrons of N-atom is not available due
to resonance structure
30 (i) Because the new forces of attraction set up between haloalkanes and 3
solvent molecules are of the same strength as the forces of attraction being
broken.
(ii) A mixture which contains the equal proportions of two enantiomers of
a compound in equal proportions is called racemic mixture
Example: (±) butan-2-ol
(iii) Since the reactivity of SN1 reactions increases as the stability of
intermediate carbocation increases. Of the two 2° bromides, the
carbocation intermediate derived from C6H5CH(C6H5)Br i.e.
C6H5CH+C6H5 is more stable as compared to the
carbocation C6H5CH+(CH3) obtained from C6H5CH(CH3)Br because it is
stabilized by two phenyl groups due to resonance.
OR
(i) In aq. solution, KOH is almost completely ionised to give OH– ions
which being a strong nucleophile brings about a substitution reaction to
form alcohols. Further in aq. solution, OH– ions are highly solvated
(hydrated). This solution reduces the basic character of OH– ions which
fail to abstract a hydrogen from the -carbon of the alkyl halide to form an
alkene. However, an alcoholic solution of KOH contains alkoxide (RO–)
ions which being a much stronger base than OH– ions preferentially
abstract a hydrogen from the β-carbon of the alkyl halide to form alkene.
(ii) KCN is an ionic compound and provides cyanide ions in solution.
Although both carbon and nitrogen atoms are in a position to donate
electron pairs, the attack takes place mainly through Carbon atom and not
through nitrogen atom since C — C bond is more stable than C — N
bond. However, AgCN is mainly covalent in nature and nitrogen is free to
donate electron pair forming isocyanide as the main product
31 SECTION 1,1,2
(i) Acetone and chloroform
(ii) Similar to A-A ,B-B
(iii) Positive deviation-∆H>0, Negative deviation -∆H<0
OR

(iii)A mixture which show large negative deviation from Roults law. Eg
HNO3+H20
32 (i) 3 peptide bond 1,1,1,1
(ii) An ion which contains both the ions ie positive and negative
ion.
(iii) Essential aminoacids:-Aminoacids which cannot be
synthesized by our body and are taken through diet eg leucine
and valine
Non essential-Aminoacids:- Aminoacids which not be
synthesized by our body .For eg Glycine and Alanine
OR
(iii)Fibrous Protein:-A Type of protein in which polypeptide
chain run parlell to each other and are held together by H-
bonding and disulphide linkage.It is water insoluble.For eg
Keratine
Globular protein:-It has spherical shape.It is soluble in water.
For eg Insuline
33 SECTION E 2
(i)Compound X (C2H4O) is oxidized to Y (C2H4O2). Since it undergoes a
haloform reaction, it must be acetaldehyde. (i) X = CH3CHO Y =
CH3COOH. On treatment with HCN, X gives cyanohydrin which on
hydrolysis gives 2-hydroxypropanoic acid. 1
12
𝐻𝐶𝑁 𝐻2𝑂
CH3CHO → CH3CH(CN)OH → CH3CH(OH)COOH
(ii) When X reacts with dil. NaOH undergoes an aldol condensation
reaction forming aldol which on heating gives but-2-enal.
𝑂𝐻− 𝐻𝑒𝑎𝑡 1
CH3CHO + CH3CHO → CH3CH(OH)CH2CHO → 12
𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻
CH3CH=CHCHO (iii) CH3CHO + 3I2 →
Cl3CCHO + 3HI Cl3CCHO + NaOH → CHI3 + HCOONa
OR (i) n fluoroacetic acid, Fluorine being electron
withdrawing group stabilizes the conjugate base through delocalization of
the negative charge Therefore fluoroacetic acid is a stronger acid than
acetic acid.
(ii) Carboxylic acid on dissociation form carboxylate ion which is
stabilized by two equivalent resonance structure in which negative charge
is at the more electronegative oxygen atom, whereas the conjugate base of
phenol, phenoxide ion, has non – equivalent resonance structures in which
negative charge is at the less electronegative carbon atom. Therefore,
resonance is not as important as it is in carboxylate ion. Moreover, the
negative charge is delocalized over two more electronegative oxygen
atoms in carboxylate ion whereas it is less effectively delocalized over
one oxygen atom and one carbon atom in phenoxide ion. Therefore, the
carboxylate ion is more stabilized than phenoxide ion and carboxylic
acids are stronger acids than phenol.
(iii)Ethanoic acid exists as dimer in vapour state in which two molecules
remain together by hydrogen bonding. This increases the effective
molecular mass to 120
34 (a) The enthalpy of atomization increases up to the middle of transition 2
series and then decreases due to firstly increase in no. of unpaired
electrons then decrease the in no. of unpaired electrons.
(b) Due to participation of (n-1)d as well as ns electrons in bond
formation. (c) The stability of the half-filled d 1
12
2+ 2+
sub-shell in Mn and the completely filled d10 configuration in Zn are
related to their E° values, whereas for Ni2+ has high negative enthalpy of
hydration
OR 1
(a) As a consequence of Lanthanoid contraction Zr and Hf have similar 12
sizes.
(b) As energies of 5f, 6d and 7s are comparable therefore electrons can
easily be promoted from lower to higher orbital, hence more no. of
oxidation states is shown.
(c) The 4d and 5d series of transition metals have more frequent metal-
metal bonding in their compound than in 3d metals
35 (a) 2 Fe3+ + 2e- → 2 Fe2+ and 2I- → I2 + 2e- 2
Hence, for the given cell reaction, n = 2
∆rG0 = -nFE0cell = 2 X 96500 X 0.236 = - 45.55 kj mol-1
∆rG0 −45.55
∆rG0 = - 2.303 RT log Kc or log Kc = = =
2.303 𝑅𝑇 2.303𝑋8.314 𝑋 10−3 𝑋 298 1
7.983 12
Kc = Antilog (7.983) = 9.616 X 107
(b) Oxidation potential of the given electrode is = 0.3V
So reduction potential of the given electrode is = -0.3 V
1
The electrode reaction written as reduction reaction is: 2H+ (aq) + 2e- 12
→ H2(g)
𝟎.𝟎𝟓𝟗𝟏 𝟏
Applying Nernst equation, we get E H+/ H2 = E0 H+/ H2 - log (𝐻+)2
𝑛
𝟎.𝟎𝟓𝟗𝟏 𝟎.𝟑
-0.3 = 0 - (-2log[H+]) = - 0.0591pH or pH = 0.0591 = 5.076
2
OR
𝐾 𝑥 1000
(a) Λm = S cm2 mol-1
𝐶
𝐾 𝑥 1000
138.9 = 1.5
k = 0.208 S cm-1
(b) Reaction of deposition of Mg from molten MgCl2
MgCl2 → Mg2+ + 2Cl-1
Mg2+ + 2e- → Mg
24 g of magnesium is deposited by 2x96500 C of electricity
2x96500
1.2g of Mg will be deposited by 24 x1.2 = 9650 C of electricity
Now Q = It , I = Q / t =9650/3600 = 2.68 A
(c)With time, concentrations of the electrolytic solutions change.Hence,
their electrode potentials change. When the electrode potentials of the two
half-cells become equal, the cell stop working.
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 4
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

MARKING SCHEME
Section A
1. i.
2. ii.
3. iv.
4. iii
5. ii.
6. ii.
7. ii.
8. Iv.
9. iii.
10. iii.
11. ii
12. ii
13. iii
14. iv
15. a
16. c
17. a
18. a

Section B
2.303
19. t= log[Ro]/[R]
𝑘
2.303
= log(5/3)
1.15𝑥10−3
3
=2.00×10 log(1.667)
=2×103×0.2219=444 s.
OR

a) Zero order reaction.


b) First order reaction.
20. i )When D-glucose is treated with Br2 water D- gluconic acid is produced.
ii) On being treated with HNO3 D-glucose get oxidised to give saccharic acid.

21. Nitro group at ortho position withdraws the electron density from the benzene ring and thus,
facilitates the attack of nucleophile on chlorobenzene.

OR

a)
𝐻𝐵𝑟
𝐴𝑙𝑐 𝐾𝑂𝐻 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑑𝑒
b) 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻 (𝐵𝑟)𝐶𝐻3 → 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻 = 𝐶𝐻2 → 𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝐻2 𝐶𝐻2 𝐵𝑟

22. a) t42g e2g, paramagnetic


b) Square planer
0.059 10−3
23. Ecell = E0cell- 𝑙𝑜𝑔 10−2 = 2.71 + 0.0295 = 2.7395 𝑉
2

a) When external opposite applied voltage is less than 2.71, it is less than E0cell, therefore
the electrons will flow from anode to cathode, and current will flow from cathode to
anode.
b) The reaction will be reversed, and the current will flow from anode to cathode.
24. a) The rate of reaction will increase. The catalyst decreases the activation energy of the
reaction therefore the reaction becomes faster.
b) The rate of reaction will decrease with the decrease in temperature. At lower temperature,
the kinetic energy of molecules decreases thereby the collision decrease resulting in lowering
of rate of reaction.
25. (i) 3-phenyl prop-2-en-1-al
(ii) cyclohexanecarbaldehyde
(iii) 3-oxo-pentanal
(iv) But-2-en-1-al
Section C
26. a) Correct name reaction
b) Correct name reaction
c). Correct name reaction
27. a) d2sp3
b) diamagnetic
c) octahedral
28.a) Greater the pressure more will be boiling point.
b) due to loss of water by osmosis from lower to higher concentration.
29. a) because in aniline electron pair is involved in conjugation ,which makes electron pair
unavailable for donation while in cyclohexyl amine , there is no resonance in the ring and lone
pair on nitrogen is easily available for donation.
b) Methy amine is base and dissolves in water to give OH - ions. FeCl3 combines with OH- to
give reddish brown ppt of Fe(OH)3.

c) -NH2 group of aromatic amine strongly activates the aromatic ring by delocalization of
lone pair of electrons of N over the benzene ring and increases electron density on benzene ring
at ortho & para positions.
30. (a) Although alkyl halides contain a polar C-X bond , they are not involved in any
intermolecular hydrogen bonding with water. Therefore these are water insoluble.
(b)Butan-2-ol has a chiral carbon while it is absent in butan-1-ol.
( c) Since electronegativity of Cl is greater than C therefore it is electron withdrawing in nature
but as is mentioned in the above resonating structures it shows +R effect due to which negative
charge rotate on ortho and para position and electrophile will attack on these positions easily.
Or
(a)CH3CH2CH2Cl ˂ CH3CHClCH3 ˂ CH3CCl(CH3)2 1-Chloropropane 2-Chloropropane 2-
Chloro-2- methylpropane
(b) C2H5I ˃ C2H5Br ˃ C2H5Cl
(c) CH3CH2CH2Br ˂ (CH3)2CHBr ˂ (CH3)3CBr
Section D
31. a) amino acids behave both as acids and bases. They have -NH2 basic group and –COOH
acidic group.
b) Lysine
c) H-bonding
d) It is the physical change in a protein when exposed to heat, acid, salt concentration,
alcohol and mechanical agitation. Example- denaturation of protein of egg white by heat.
OR
Peptide linkage- it is an amide linkage between two amino acid units.

32. a) 3rd reading of 2nd set


b) To avoid error in data collection and give more objective data.

c)
OR
0.3g depression is 1.9-degree Celsius
0.6g depression is 3.8 degree Celsius
1.2g depression is 7.6-degree Celsius
33. a) k = cell constant / R
K = 1/200
∆m = k x1000/M
= 1 x 1000
___________
200 x 0.01
= 500Scm2/mol
b) pH of the solution will not be affected as [H+] remains constant.

At anode: 2H2O→O2+4H++4e−
At cathode: 4H++4e−→2H2
c) Hydrogen gas
OR
a) Anode- Cu ------------- Cu2++ 2e
Cathode- Cl2+ 2e----------- 2Cl-
b) ∆m = k X1000/M
k = ∆m x M/1000
k = 138.9 x 1.5/1000 = 0.20835 S/cm
c) Ions flow
34. a)

b)
When X reacts with NaOH it gives β-hydroxybutyraldehyde.
35. a) CuF2
b) The Mn(II) ion has 5 unpaired electrons in 3d subshell which is a maximum value for a
transition metal ion and the paramagnetic property is directly related to unpaired
electrons and hence Mn(II) shows maximum paramagnetic property.
c) he most stable state of cerium is +3. Thus, Ce4+ is good oxidising agent because it can
readily chagne to the most stable +3 oxidation state by gaining one electron.
d) because of no hygroscopic nature of K2Cr2O7 its standard solution can be prepared.
e) dichromate ion changes to yellow chromate ion in basic medium.
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 4
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
MARKING SCHEME

Q.NO SECTION A (ANSWER) TOT


. AL
MAR
KS
1. Ans a 84.72% 1
2. Ans C Boiling point increases and freezing point decreases. 1

3. Ans C s -1 1

4. Ans B The rate of appearance of C is one-half the rate of disappearance of B 1

5. Ans B KMnO4 oxidises HCI to Cl2 which also is an oxidizing agent. 1


6. Ans a (i) and (iii) 1
7. Ans C 3 1
8. Ans a) Br2 water 1
Phenol produces a white precipitate of 2,4,6-tribromophenolol when combined
with excess bromine water.
9. a) Aspirin 1

10. Ans A Grignard reaction 1


11. Ans A Iodoform test 1

12. Ans B Tollen’s reagent 1

13. Ans a (CH3CH2)2NCH3 = N-Ethyl-N-methylethanamine 1


14. Ans c C6H5NH2 < CH3NH2<(CH3)2NH 1
15. Ans b Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A. 1
16. Ans C A is true but R is false 1
17. Ans a Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A 1

18. Ans c . A is true but R is false. 1

SECTION-B
19. 2

20. (a) According to the formula: r = k[A]1/2 [B]2 2

OR

21. (a) Sandmayer reaction :

b) Swarts reaction :
CH3-CH2-Br + AgF → CH3-CH2-F + AgBr
1
OR
The non-superimposable mirror images of an organic compound

22. The lone pair of electrons of Chlorine in Chlorbenzene participates into 2


resonance with the benzene ring. As a result C — Cl bond acquires a partial
double bond character. Therefore, this C — Cl bond is stronger than C — Cl
bond in ethyl chloride which is a pure single bond. As such the Chlorobenzene
is difficult to hydrolyse than ethyl chloride.

23. In aq. solution, KOH is almost completely ionised to give OH – ions which 2
being a strong nucleophile brings about a substitution reaction to form alcohols.
Further in aq. solution, OH– ions are highly solvated (hydrated).
This solution reduces the basic character of OH– ions which fail to abstract a
hydrogen from the -carbon of the alkyl halide to form an alkene.
However an alcoholic solution of KOH contains alkoxide (RO –) ions which
being a much stronger base than OH– ions preferentially abstracts a hydrogen
from the β-carbon of the alkyl halide to form alkene.
24. (i) Glucose reacts with hydroxylamine to form an oxime. 2

(ii) Acetylation of glucose with acetic anhydride gives glucose pentaacetate


25. (i)Proteins are the polymers of a-amino acids linked by amide formation 1
between carboxyl and amino group. This is called peptide linkage or peptide
bond.

1
(ii) The specific sequence of amino acids in the polypeptide chain. Change in
amino acids sequence
SECTION-C
26. Let us consider one mole of KCI whose degree of dissociation is α. The 3
dissociation of KCI can be represented as:
KCI → K+ + Cl–
1–α α α
Total number of moles after dissociation
=1–α+α+α
=1+α
Hence i = 1+α1
If the solute dissolves in the solvent giving n ions, then here n = 2
i = 1 + (n -1) α
= 1 + (2 – 1) α = 1 + α
Now, ∆Tf = i Kfm
= (1 + 0.92) × 1.86 × 0.5×1000
74.5×100
∆Tf = 0.24
∆Tf = T°f – T’f = 0 – 0.24
T’f = -0.24°C

27. For the given cell, the half-cell reactions will be given as below 3
At anode Mg → Mg2+ + 2e
At cathode Cu2+ + 2e- → Cu
Therefore, the overall cell reaction will be Mg + Cu 2+ → Mg2+ + Cu
The Nernst equation is
28. 3

29. (a) by nitration of phenol: 3


C6H6 + dil.HNO3 o-nitrobenzene + p- C6H4 (NO3)
C6H6+ 3HNO3 (conc.) 2, 4, 6- C6H3 (NO3)3
(b) Pyridine is used in acylation of alcohol/phenol to remove the acid produced
(HCl or CH3COOH) during the reaction
( c) This is obtained by treating acetone with Grignard’s reagent
CH3COCH3+ CH3MgBr [(CH3)3-C-OMgBr] (CH3)3-C-OH + Mg
(OH) Br
SECTION-D
30. (i) DNA molecules contains β-D-2 deoxyribose. RNA molecules 2
contains β-Dribose.
DNA contains uracil (U). It does not contain thymine (T). ie ATGC
RNA contains thymine (T). It does not contain uracil (U).

(ii) A nucleotide is formed by all the three basic components of nucleic acids
(i.e., pentose sugar, phosphoric acid, and base) . 1

Nucleotide = Sugar + Base + Phosphoric acid

OR
.(i) The two monosaccharides are joined together by an oxide linkage formed by
the loss of water molecule. Such linkage is called glycosidic linkage.
(ii) An equimolar mixture of glucose and fructose, obtained by hydrolysis of
sucrose in presence of an acid or the enzyme invertase is called invert sugar.
(iii) These are the carbohydrates which on hydrolysis give 2 - 10
monosaccharides. For example, sucrose, lactose, maltose, etc.
31 (a) 9X 1
(b) –K 1
(c) 690s 2
OR
3.2 x10-2 min-1
32 (a) C6H5NH2 1
(b) Dispersal of positive charge over benzene ring 1
(c) propanenitrile 2
OR
C6H5COOH

SECTION-E
33. Given Ecell = 0.1745V 5
E 0 Fe2+/Fe = -0.44V [H+ ] =?
The reaction of the given cell is written as
Fe + 2H+ (aq) → Fe2+ (aq)+ H2
Nernst equation for the above reaction is represented as
Ecell = E0 cell - 0.0591 log{Fe2+ } ---(1)
𝑛 {𝐻+}2
0
E cell 0-(-0.44) = +0.44V
Put the E0 cell value in equation (1)
0.1745= 0.44 - 0.0591 log {0.1}
𝑛 {𝑥}2
log x = -5 log [H ] = -5 [H ] =10-5
+ +

In the case of CH3COOH which is weak electrolyte, the number of ions


increases on dilution due to an increase in degree of dissociation. CH 3COOH +
H2O ⇌ CH3COO- + H3O +
In case of strong electrolyte, the number of ions remains the same but the
interionic attraction decrease
34. (a):- The transition elements form complexes because they are able to accept
pairs of electrons from donor molecules or ions to form dative covalent bonds.
The reason they can accept pairs of electrons is because they have a number of
empty orbitals in the d subshells.

(b):- An alloy is a homogenous mixture of two or more metals or non


metals.Atomic size of transition metals of a particular series ar quite similar
,therefore atoms of one metal can replace the second on ein its crystal
lattice.We form alloys due to more hardness and high mp and bp.

(c) The transition metals can accommodate the small non metallic atoms
because of spaces between the metal atoms.These space are present because of
their defects in their structures and existence of variable oxidation states.

(d) Cr2+ is strongly reducing because its configuration changes from 3d 4 to 3d3
which is stable because of half filled t 2g subshell.On the other hand Mn(III) is
strongly oxdising because of half filled 3d5 configuration.

(e)Since they do not have any unpaired electrons in their configuration.

OR

(a):-Due to strong metallic bonding.


(b)Due to unpaired electron and d-d transition.
(c)Due to small size , high ionic charge and incomplete d orbitals. (d)Due to
presence of unpaired electron.
(e)Due to completely filled d (d10) configuration.
35. (A) The p-isomer being more symmetrical fits closely in the crystal lattice and 5
thus has stronger intermolecular forces of attraction than those of o- and m-
isomers. Since during melting or dissolution, the crystal lattice breaks, therefore
a larger amount of energy is needed to melt or dissolve the p- isomer than the
corresponding o- and meta isomers.

(B) In aq. solution, KOH is almost completely ionised to give OH – ions which
being a strong nucleophile brings about a substitution reaction to form alcohols.
Further in aq. solution, OH– ions are highly solvated (hydrated).
This solution reduces the basic character of OH– ions which fail to abstract a
hydrogen from the -carbon of the alkyl halide to form an alkene.
However an alcoholic solution of KOH contains alkoxide (RO–) ions which
being a much stronger base than OH– ions preferentially abstracts a hydrogen
from the -carbon of the alkyl halide to form alkene.

(C) Lucas reagent is a mixture of HCl(g) and anhydrous ZnCl2

(D) KI is expected to give HI on reacting with H2SO4 which will convert


alcohol to alkyliodides. However, H2SO4 is a strong oxidizing agent and it
oxidises HI formed during the reaction to I2 which does not react with alcohol.
KI + H2SO4 → KHSO4 + HI
H2SO4 → H2O + SO2 + [O]
2HI + [O] → H2O + I2
To solve the problem, H2SO4 is replaced by phosphoric acid H3PO4 which
provides HI for the reaction and does not give I2 as is done by H 2SO4.
KI + H3PO4 → KH2PO4 + HI
Allyl Chloride readily undergoes ionization to produce resonance stabilized
allyl carbocation. Since carbocations are reactive species they readily combine
with OH– ions to form allyl alcohol. Ionization

In contrast, n-propyl chloride does not undergo ionization to produce n-propyl


carbocation and hence allyl chloride is hydrolysed more readily than n-propyl
chloride.

OR

(I)
(II)

(III)

(IV)

(V)
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 6
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME : 3Hrs MM: 70

Q.
ANSWERS
NO. MARKS

1 c. Secondary or tertiary alcohol is the preferred alcohol 1

2 a. As the carbon bearing Br is unsymmetrical, so its mirror 1


image is non super imposable
3 a. Na2Cr2O7 is hygroscopic in nature so it cannot be used in volumetric analysis 1
c. For a first order reaction half life period is independent of initial
4. 1
concentration
a. Activation energy is E1 + E2,
5 Product will be less stable than reactant as energy of product is greater 1
than that of reactant
6 b. As oxidation state of Mn varies from Mn +7 to Mn+4 1

7 b.Basicity of amines is directly propotional to the +I effect 1

8 c Stability of coordination compounds ∝ Stability constant 1

9 b 1
10 c Carbylamine reaction 1

11 1
C
12 a 1

13 d 1

14 1
c
d. As repulsions between bond pairs increases the bond angle also
15 1
increases
16 b 1
17 d 1
18 c 1
For a first order reaction
2.303 [𝑅]
t= 𝑘 log [𝑅]0 ½
19
2.303 1
t= log 1/16
60
2.303
t= log16 ½
60
2.303
t = 60 X 1.204
½+½
= 4.62 X 10-2 s

a. ꞵ -D—glucose and ꞵ -D—galactcose 1


b. Any one correct difference 1
OR
20 a. presence of carbonyl group 1
b. anomeric form, configuration and optical rotation of 1
glucose

Since order of reactivity for SN2 mechanism is 3o –halide < 2o–halide < 1o–
halide. Because of steric factors
1
therefore
1
a. 1- Bromo-2-methylbutane as it is a primary halide
b. 1- Bromopentane as it is a primary halide
21
OR
1
KCN is an ionic comp. So CN attack on alkyl halide from C-side bearing negative
1
sign forming alkyl cyanide while AgCN is a covalent comp. so attack occurs from
N-side forming alkyl isocyanide .
a. Dichloridobis(ethane-1,2-diamine)cobalt(III)chloride 1
22 b. cis-[CrCl2 (ox)2 ] 3– since its mirror image is non superimposable 1

𝜆𝑚 (NH4OH) = 𝜆𝑚 (NH4Cl) + 𝜆𝑚 (NaOH) - 𝜆𝑚 (NaCl)


= 129.8 + 217.4 -108.9 ½
= 238.3 Scm2mol-1 ½
23 𝜆 9.33 Scm2mol−1
Degree of dissociation =𝜆𝑚
𝑜 =238.3Scm2mol−1
𝑚 ½
= 0.039 or 3.9% ½

a. Zero order reaction 1


24
b. molL-1s-1 1

a. Butanone < Propanone < Propanal < Ethanal


25 b. Iodoform Test: 1
Ethanal gives yellow precipitate when heated with iodine in presence of 1
sodium hydroxide solution whereas Propanal does not give this reaction.
H3 P O 4
a. (CH3)3COH → (CH3)2 C=CH2
ℎ𝑒𝑎𝑡
b. ½

26 ½
c. ½

(a) Sp3d2, paramagnetic


(b) d2sp3, paramagnetic ½+½
(c) sp3, diamagnetic
OR ½+½
(A) pentaaquachloridochromium (III) chloride monohydrate.
(B) ½+½
27

𝐾𝑏 𝑋 𝑚2 𝑋 1000
ΔTb =
𝑀2𝑋 𝑚1
½
𝐾𝑏 𝑋 𝑚2 𝑋 1000
Mb =
Δ𝑇b X m1

The elevation (ΔTb) in the boiling point = 354.11 K – 353. 23 K = 0.88K


½
–1
M2 = 2.53 K kg mol × 1.80 g × 1000
28
0.88 K × 90 g ½
1/2
=57.5 g mol–1

b.NaCl being an electrolyte, dissociate almost completely to give Na + and Cl- ions
in solutions where as glucose being non-electrolyte, does not dissociate.
Therefore, the number of particles in 0.1 M NaCl solution is nearly double( i= 2)
than that in 0.1 M glucose solution. 1

a. Aromatic diazonium salts are stabilized due to resonance


1
b. Because aryl halides do not undergo nucleophilic substitution easily
1
29 c. Due to salt formation with AlCl3 used as catalyst in this reaction, aniline
1
acquire a positive charge and act as strong deactivating group.
d. In strongly acidic medium,aniline is protonated to form anilinium ion
which is meta directing
1
(a) CH3CH2-CBr(CH3)2
1
(b) C6H5O C2H5
1
(c) CH3CH2CH2I
OR
30 1
a. (i)But-1-ene formed due to dehydrohalogenation or reaction
1
(ii)Poisnous gas phosgene formed or reaction
b. Chloroethane gives white precipitate on reaction with aq.KOH
followed by acidified silvernitrate whereas chlorobenzene does not
1
give this test
a. -OOC-CHRNH3+
b. Hydrogen bond, disulphide linkage, van der Waals forces and electrostatic
forces.
c. Denaturation of Proteins: When a protein in its native form is subjected to
a change, such as change in temperature or change in pH, the hydrogen
bonds are disturbed. Due to this, globules unfold and helix get uncoiled
and protein loses its biological activity. This is called denaturation of
protein. During denaturation, 2° and 3° structures are destroyed but 1°
structure remains intact, e.g., coagulation of egg while on boiling, curdling 1
of milk, etc. 1
31 OR 2

a. Ideal solution: A solution is called an ideal solution if it obeys Raoult’s law


over a wide range of concentration at a specified temperature.
b. Positive deviation
𝑚2 𝑅𝑇 3
c. M2 = 𝜋𝑉
1.26 𝑋0.083 𝑋300 𝑋1000
32 = 2
2.57 𝑋10−3 𝑋200
= 6.1 X104gmol-1
OR 1
1. It can be measured around room temperature
2. Molarity is used instead of molality
3. Its magnitude is large even for very dilute solution (any two)
- ½
a. Br2 + H2 → 2Br + 2H+ n=2
½
Eocell = Eo cathode - Eo anode
½
Eocell = 0 - 1.08 = - 1.08 V
½
Ecell = Eocell - 2.303 RT /nF log [product] / [Reactant]x
½
Ecell = -1.08 - 0.0591 / 2 log (0.01)2 (0.001)2
½
Ecell = -1.08 - 0.0295 X – 10
Ecell = - 1.375 V
2
b. Mechanism of rusting of iron .
OR 1/2
a. Conductivity = 1 / Resistance (R) × Cell constant 1/2
-4
Cell constant = 1.5x10 X1500 1/2
33
1/2
= 0.225 cm-1
1
Molar Conductivity Λm = K X 1000/ M
Λm = 1.5x10-4 X 1000/ 10-3 =150ohm-1cm2mol-1
1
b.(i)Ca+2 + 2e-
→ Ca
I mole Ca requires = 2 Faraday
0.5 mole Ca requires = 2 X 0.5 = 1 Faraday
(ii) MnO4- → Mn+2 ( 5F oxidation state changes from +7 to +2 ) 1
1 mole of MnO4 - requires = 5F
8.7 moles MnO4 -require = 8.7 X 5 = 43.5 F
a. CH3CH2CH3, CH3OCH3, CH3CHO, CH3CH2OH 1
b. (CH3)2C=C(CH3)2
1
c. Nitro group is having strong –I and –R effect which increases acidic
1
strength whereas methoxy group is having +R effect which decreases
1
acidic strength of benzoic acid.
1
d. (i) Correct example
34 (ii) Correct example
OR
1
a. methyl benzoic acid ˂benzoic acid˂ nitro benzoic acid
1
b. Benzoic acid formed (reaction also)
1
c. (i) Correct example
1
(ii) Correct example
1
(iii) Correct example

(a)Potassium permanganate can be prepared from MnO2. It can be done by


fusing the ore with KOH in presence of an oxidizing agent like atmospheric
oxygen/KNO3 etc to give green coloured K2MnO4 as the product.

35 2MnO2 + 4KOH + O2 → 2K2MnO4 + 2H2O

3MnO42- + 4H+-→ 2 MnO41- + MnO2 + 2H2O

(b)(i) Cr+3 has half-filled t2g subshell while Mn+2 has half-filled 3d subshell.
(ii) Due to radioactive nature and showing large no. of oxidation states.

(iii) Cu+1 undergo dispropotionation


2 Cu+1 (aq) → Cu+2 (aq) + Cu (s)
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 7
CLASS - XII SUBJECT:
CHEMISTRYTIME :3H MM: 70
Marking scheme paper set – 7
1. (d) Benzyl alcohol
2. (d) (CH3)3C—I
3. (b) CuF2
4. (b) first order reaction

5. (b) Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝐻4 𝐶𝑙) + Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝑎𝑂𝐻) − Λ0𝑚(𝑁𝑎𝐶𝑙)

6. (b) doubled
7. (d) CH3CH2CH3
8. (c) [Co(H2O)6]3+ > [Co(NH3)6]3+ > [Co(CN)6]3–
9. c. C2H5ONa
10. (b) they do not form hydrogen bonds
11. (c) Fehling’s solution
12. (d) Rate constant increases exponentially with decreasing activation energy and
increasing temperature.
13. (d) [Cr(H2O)6]Cl3
14. (a) Zinc amalgam + HCl
15. d. A is false but R is true.
16. b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
17. d. A is false but R is true.
18. a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
19. When reaction is completed 99.9%,
[R] = [R]0 – 0.999[R]0
2.303 [𝑅] 𝑜 2.303 [𝑅]𝑜 2.303
k= log [𝑅]
= log [𝑅] = log103
𝑡 𝑡 0 −0.999[𝑅]0 𝑡

t = 6.909/k
For half-life of the reaction t 1/2 = 0.693/k
𝑡 6.909 𝑘
= × 0.693 = 10
𝑡1/2 𝑘
20. i When D-glucose is heated with HI for a long time n-hexane is formed.
ii When D-glucose is treated with Br2 water D- gluconic acid is produced.
iii On being treated with HNO3 D-glucose get oxidised to give saccharic acid.
Or
following reactions cannot be explained by the open chain structure of glucose.
(1) Glucose has aldehyde group but it does not react with 2,4 dinitro phenyl hydrazine,
sodium bisulphite and Schiff's base.
(2) There is no condensation reaction between glucose penta-acetate and hydroxylamine. This
indicates that free aldehyde group is absent.
21. KCN is predominantly ionic and provides cyanide ions in solution. Although both carbon
and nitrogen atoms are in a position to donate electron pairs, the attack takes place mainly
through carbon atom and not through nitrogen atom since C—C bond is more stable than C—
N bond. However, AgCN is mainly covalent in nature and nitrogen is free to donate electron
pair forming isocyanide as the main product
Or
The molecular formula of hydrocarbon is C5H10. It satisfies the general formula CnH2n . It
suggests that the hydrocarbon is either alkene or cyclloalkane. It does not react with chlorine
in dark. Hence, it cannot be alkene. Hence, it is cycloalkane. It gives a single monochloro
compound C5H9Cl in bright sunlight. Hence, the hydrocarbon.is cyclopentane.
22. When ionization isomers are dissolved in water, they ionize to give different ions. These
ions then react differently with different reagents to give different products.
[Co(NH3)5Cl]SO4 + Ba+2⟶ ⏟
𝐵𝑎𝑆𝑂4 ↓
(White ppt.)

[Co(NH3)5SO4]Cl + Ba+2⟶No reaction


[Co(NH3)5Cl]SO4 + Ag+⟶No reaction
𝐴𝑔𝐶𝑙 ↓
[Co(NH3)5SO4]Cl + Ag+⟶ ⏟
(White ppt.)

23. In rainy season and in highly humid atmosphere the iron surface has a layer of water. This
water layer dissolves acidic oxides of the air like CO2,SO2 etc. to form acids which dissociate
to give H+ ions.
H2O+CO2→H2CO3⇌2H++CO32−
In the presence of H+ ions, iron starts losing electrons at some spot to form ferrous ions, i.e.,
its oxidation takes place. Here it is anode.
Fe(s)→Fe(aq)2++2e- (anode)
Now the released electrons move through the metal and reach to another spot where H+ ions
and the dissolved oxygen take up these electrons and reduction reaction takes place. Here it is
cathode.
O2(g)+4H+(aq) +4e−+2H2O(l)(cathode)
The overall reaction is
2Fe(s)+O2(g)+4H+(aq)→2Fe2+ (aq) +2H2O(l)
Thus in this way an electrochemical cell is set up on the surface. This ferrous ion further
oxidised by the atmospheric oxygen to ferric ions which combine with water molecules to
form hydrated ferric oxide,Fe2O3.xH2O, which is rust.
24. Following factors affect the rate of a chemical reaction:
1) Reactant concentration
2) Reaction temperature
3) Nature of reactants and products
4) Presence of a catalyst
25. The reaction of cyclohexanecarbaldehyde with PhMgBr followed by acid hydrolysis
gives an alcohol.

26.

27. [Cr(NH3)6]3+ is paramagnetic due to presence of 3 unpaired electrons.


Cr (Z=24) has electronic configuration [Ar]3d54s1.
Cr3+ has electronic configuration [Ar]3d3.
It undergoes d2sp3 hybridisation to form six hybrid orbitals which are occupied by electron
pairs donated by six ammonia ligands.
[Ni(CN)4]2− is diamagnetic as all electrons are paired.
Ni (Z=28) has electronic configuration [Ar]3d84s2.
Ni2+ has electronic configuration [Ar]3d8.
It undergoes dsp2 hybridisation to form 4 hybrid orbitals which are occupied by electron pairs
donated by four cyanide ligands.
28. a. According to Henry's law, the solubility of a gas in a liquid is directly proportional to
the pressure of the gas.
X=Kh ×P
X is the mole fraction of gas, Kh is Henry's law constant and P is the partial pressure of the
gas.
Important applications of Henry's law:
1) In packing of soda cans: Soda water bottles are always packed under higher pressure to
increase the solubility of CO2 gas.
2) In deep-sea diving: Nitrogen is more soluble than Helium in our blood. In the deep sea, the
pressure is higher than at the surface of the water. When diver tries to come rapidly towards
the surface of the water, pressure decreases and dissolved nitrogen comes back from blood
and makes bubbles in veins. Hence, divers use oxygen diluted with helium.
b. We know Henry's Law:
P=KH × x
𝟐.𝟓×𝟏.𝟎𝟏𝟑×𝟏𝟎𝟓
⇒x= 𝟏.𝟔×𝟏𝟎𝟖

𝐧𝑪𝑶𝟐 𝟐.𝟓×𝟏.𝟎𝟏𝟑
⇒𝐧𝑯 = 𝟏.𝟔×𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎
𝟐𝑶

𝐧𝑪𝑶𝟐 𝟐.𝟓×𝟏.𝟎𝟏𝟑
= 𝟏.𝟔×𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎
𝟏𝟎𝟎𝟎/𝟏𝟖

25 1.013
⇒nCO2=16 × 18
25 1.013×44
⇒ mass of CO2 dissolved = ×
16 18
=3.86 grams.
29. (i) pKb of aniline is more than that of methylamine.
In aniline, the lone pair of electrons on N atom is in resonance with benzene ring. Hence, it
cannot be easily donated to an acid. This decreases its basicity. In methyl amine, the +I effect
of methyl group increases the electron density on N atom so that the lone pair of electrons
on N atom can be easily donated to an acid. Hence, methylamine is more basic than aniline.
Higher is the basicity, lower is the pKb and vice versa.
(ii) Although amino group is o,p− directing in aromatic electrophilic substitution reactions,
aniline on nitration gives a substantial amount of m-nitroaniline: Nitration is carried out in an
acidic medium. In an acidic medium, aniline is protonated to give anilinium ion (which is
meta-directing).
(iii) Aniline, N-substituted and N,N-disubstituted anilines do not undergo Friedel-Craft's
reactions due to salt formation with aluminium chloride which is used as a Lewis acid
catalyst. Positive charge on nitrogen is strongly electron-withdrawing and thus deactivates the
ring for further acylation or alkylation reactions.
(iv) Ethylamine is soluble in water owing to its potential to form intermolecular Hydrogen
bonds with water. On the other hand, aniline does not undergo hydrogen bonding because of
the presence of the benzene which is highly hydrophobic. Therefore aniline is insoluble in
water.
30. (i) In chlorobenzene, the C atom of the C-Cl bond is sp2 hybridized and has more s
character and electronegativity. In cyclohexyl chloride, the C atom of the C-Cl bond
is sp3 hybridized, has less s character and less electronegative. Hence, the C-Cl bond in
chlorobenzene is less polar than the C-Cl bond in cyclohexyl chloride.
Also, in chlorobenzene, the lone pair of electron on the Cl atom is in resonance with a
benzene ring. This gives partial double bond character to C-Cl bond and there is a decrease in
the magnitude of partial negative charge on Cl atom. However, in cyclohexyl chloride, there
is a C-Cl single bond. The dipole moment is a product of charge and distance. Also C-Cl
bond with partial double bond character has lower bond length than with C-Cl single bond.
Hence, chlorobenzene has lower dipole moment than cyclohexyl chloride.
(ii) Inter-molecular attractive forces present in alkyl halides are dipole dipole interactions and
in case of water molecules, intermolecular hydrogen bonds are present. When alkyl halides
are added to water, the intermolecular attractive force present between an alkyl halide and
water molecules are weaker than the forces that are already present between two alkyl halide
molecules and two water molecules. Hence, alkyl halides are water-immiscible.
(iii) Grignard reagents are highly reactive with moisture that is present in apparatus or
starting materials. Hence, we should prepare Grignard reagents in the anhydrous condition.

RMgX+HOH→RH+MgOHX
Or
(i) When n−butyl chloride is treated with alcoholic KOH, the formation of but−l−ene takes
place. This reaction is a dehydrohalogenation reaction.
(ii) When bromobenzene is treated with Mg in the presence of dry ether, phenylmagnesium
bromide is formed.
(iii) When methyl bromide is treated with sodium in the presence of dry ether, ethane is
formed. This reaction is known as the Wurtz reaction.
31. a. The α - helix structure fo proteins is stabilized by intramolecular hydrogen
bonding between >C = O and > N- H groups of different peptide bonds.
b. The most common types of secondary structures are the α helix and the β pleated sheet.
Both structures are held in shape by hydrogen bonds, which form between the carbonyl O of
one amino acid and the amino H of another.
c. Like ionic compounds, amino acids have a strong electrostatic attraction when present
in zwitterion. Because of this, they have a melting point and solubility in higher than the
corresponding haloacids.
or
Essential amino acids are those which are not produced in our body and required to be
supplied from outside, e.g., valine , leucine. Non-essential amino acids are those which are
produced by our body, e.g., glucine , alanine.
32. a. A semipermeable membrane is a membrane that only allows movement of solvent
molecules but restrict movement of solute particles ..
b. Solutions that contain the same concentration of water and solutes as the cell cytoplasm are
called isotonic solutions. Cells placed in an isotonic solution will neither shrink nor swell
since there is no net gain or loss of water
c. Given= Mass of polymer= 1.0g
Molar mass= 185,000
Volume of water= V=450ml=0.45L
Temperature= (37+273)K=310K
Osmotic pressure is given by,
𝑛
π=𝑉RT
1 1
=185000 × ×8.314×103×310K
0.45

π=30.95Pa
or
The molar concentration of table salt (sodium chloride) in the solution = 1mol/1litre = 1M
Since salt (NaCl) dissociates into two ions, the value of the van’t Hoff factor here is 2.
Converting 27oC to the Kelvin scale, the required temperature becomes 300K.
Therefore, the osmotic pressure of the solution is:
π = (2) × (1 mol.L-1) × (0.0821 atm.L. mol-1.K-1) (300 K)
π = 49.26 atm.
The osmotic pressure of the 1M salt solution is 49.26 atmospheres at a temperature of 27 oC.
33. a. According to Nernst equation:
0.0591 [𝑁𝑖2+]
Ecell=E0 − log[Ag+]2
2
0.0591 0.160
∴Ecell=1.05− log(0.002)2
2

∴Ecell=1.05−0.02955 log(4×104)
∴Ecell=0.91V
b. ΔG=nFE∘
=−2×96500×0.236=−45.548kJ

𝒏𝑭𝑬∘ 𝟐×𝟎.𝟐𝟑𝟔
logK=𝟐.𝟑𝟎𝟑𝐑𝐓= 𝟎.𝟎𝟓𝟗𝟏 =7.986

K=(10)7.986=96827785.6 =9.68×107
or
a. Given
I=5A Time=20×60=1200s
∴Charge=current×time=5×1200=6000C
According to the reaction.
Ni2+(aq.)+2e→Ni(s)
Nickel deposite by(2×96487)C=58.7g
∴Nickel deposite by 6000C=2×9648758.7×6000
=1.825g
∴ Hence 1.825g of nickel will be deposited at the cathode.

b. Given: K=7.896×10−5 Scm−1 C=M=0.00241 molL−1


∴ Molar conductivity
∧m=(K×1000)/M=(7.896×10−5×1000)/0.00241
=32.76 Scm2mol−1
Degree of dissociation
𝝀𝒎 𝟑𝟐.𝟕𝟔
α= 𝝀𝟎 =𝟑𝟗𝟎.𝟓=0.084
𝒎

∴ Dissociation constant
𝑪𝜶
⇒K=(𝟏−𝛂)
𝟎.𝟎𝟎𝟐𝟒𝟏×𝟎.𝟎𝟖𝟒
= (𝟏−𝟎.𝟎𝟖𝟒)

=1.86×10−5molL−1
34 An organic compound with the molecular formula C9H10O forms 2,4-DNP derivative and
also reduces Tollens reagent.
Hence, the compound is an aldehyde.
The compound undergoes Cannizzaro reaction. Hence, it does not contains an alpha H atom.
On vigorous oxidation, it gives 1,2-benzenedicarboxylic acid. Hence, -CHO group is directly
attached to benzene ring and the compound is ortho di-substituted benzene.
The compound.is 2-ethylbenzaldehyde.
Or
Organic compound A is an ester as on acid hydrolysis it gives a mixture of an acid and an
alcohol.
Oxidation of alcohol (C) gives acid (B). Hence, the number of carbon atoms in (B) and (C)
are same.
Ester (compound A) has eight C atoms. Hence, both carboxylic acid B and alcohol C must
contain 4 C atoms each.
Dehydration of alcohol C gives but-1-ene. Hence, C must be a straight chain alcohol, i.e
butan-1-ol
Oxidation of (C) gives (B). Hence, (B) is butanoic acid.
𝐝𝐢𝐥𝑯𝟐 𝐒𝑶𝟒/ 𝐡𝐲𝐝𝐫𝐨𝐥𝐲𝐬𝐢𝐬
CH3CH2CH2COOCH2CH2CH2CH3→ CH3CH2CH2COOH+CH3CH2CH2CH2
OH
𝐃𝐞𝐡𝐲𝐝𝐫𝐚𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧
CH3CH2CH2CH2OH→ CH3CH2CH=CH2
𝐂𝐫𝐎𝟑/𝐂𝐇𝟑𝐂𝐎𝐎𝐇 (𝐎𝐱𝐢𝐝𝐚𝐭𝐢𝐨𝐧)
CH3CH2CH2CH2OH→ CH3CH2CH2COOH

35. a. On the basis of incompletely filled 3d orbitals in case of scandium atom in its ground
state (3d1), it is regarded as a transition element. On the other hand, zinc atom has completely
filled d orbitals (3d10) in its ground state as well as in its oxidised state, hence it is not
regarded as a transition element.
b. Copper has a high atomization energy ΔaH0 and Low hydration energy ΔhydH0. Due to
which E0 value is positive.
c. Lanthanide contraction is the gradual decrease in the atomic and ionic size of lanthanoids
with an increase in atomic number.
d. The highest oxidation state of a metal exhibited in its oxide or fluoride only since fluorine
and oxygen are the most electronegative elements.
e. At pH 4, there is an equilibrium between chromate ions and dichromate ions

⏟ 2 𝑂72−
𝐶𝑟 +H2O ⇌ ⏟ 42−
2𝐶𝑟𝑂 +2H+
Dichromate ion (orange red) Chromate ion (yellow)
By adding alkali, pH can be increased and the equilibrium reaction will shift in the forward
direction to produce more chromate ions (yellow color). This is in accordance with Le
chatelier's principle. By adding an acid, pH can be decreased and the equilibrium reaction
will shift in the backward direction to produce more dichromate ions (orange-red color).
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 8
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY

TIME :3H MM: 70


MARKING SCHEME
1 (b)
2 (a)
3 Decreases
4 (d)
5 (b)
6 (c)
7 (a)
8 (b)
9 (b)
10 (c)
11 (a)
12 (c)
13 (b)
14 (c)
15 (ii)
16 (iv)
17 (iv)
18 (iii)
19 The reactions can be represented at anode and at cathode in the following ways :
At anode (oxidation) :
Sn2+ → = Sn4+ (aq) + 2e– ] × 5 E° = + 0.15 V-------1/2
At cathode (reduction) :
MnO–4(aq) + 8H+ (aq) + 5e– → Mn2+ (aq) + 4H2O (I)] × 2 E° = + 1.51 V------1/2

The Net R eaction


2MnO–4(aq) + 16H+ + 5Sn2+ → 2Mn2+ + 5Sn4+ + 8H2O ----1/2
Now E°cell = E°cathode – E°anode
= 1.51 – 0.15 = + 1.36 V-----------1/2
∴ Positive value of E°cell favours formation of product.
20 r = K[A]1 [B]2
(i) When concentration of B increases to 3 times, the rate of reaction becomes 9
times
r = KA(3B)2 ∴ r = 9KAB2 = 9 times--------1
(ii) r = K(2A) (2B)2 ∴ r = 8KAB2 = 8 times ---------1
21 There is chloride ion outside the complex because silver chloride precipitates when
treated with silver nitrate. There is only one chloride ion outside the complex since
only two ions are generated. As a result, the compound’s structural formula and
nomenclature are:
[Co(H2O)4Cl2]Cl – Tetraaquadichloridocobalt(III) chloride. (1+1)
22 The reasons for chlorobenzene being extremely less reactive towards a nucleophilic
substitution reaction are:

i. Due to resonance/diagrammatic representation, the C – Cl bond acquires a partial


double bond character. As a result, the C – Cl bond in chlorobenzene is shorter and
hence stronger. Thus, cleavage of the C – Cl bond in benzene becomes difficult which
makes it less reactive toward nucleophilic substitution reaction.------1
ii. Due to repulsion between the nucleophile and electron-rich arenes .---------1

23 For first order reaction

--
(1+1)

Or

Answer:
Slope = –Ea2.303R = -4250K
Ea = – 2.303 × R × Slope----------1
= – 2.303 × 8.314 JK-1 mol-1 × (-4250 K) 1/2
= 81375.3 J mol-1 or 81.375 kJ mol-1. 1/2

24

(i) Wolf kishner reaction


---1

ii.. Etard reaction

---1

25

(i) Two molecules of monosaccharides are joined together by an oxide linkage formed by the
loss of water molecules. A linkage between two monosaccharide units through an oxygen
atom is called glycosidic linkage. It is present in disaccharides, trisaccharides and
polysaccharides. -------1

(ii) In starch and glycogen, glycosidic α-linkage is present, and cellulose, glycosidic β-
linkage is present between glucose units.---------1

26

Molecular mass, MB is
MB = Kf×wB×1000/wA×ΔTf ----1
ΔTf = 0 – (- 0.34) = 0.34°, ----1/2
Kf = 1.86 K Kg mol-1, wB = 15.0 g, WA = 450 g------1/2
MB = 1.86×15.0×1000450×0.34 = 182.3 g/mol--------1/2

27

[Mn(CN)6]3-
(i) Type of hybridisation = d2sp3 hybridisation
(ii) Inner or outer orbital complex = Inner orbital complex because (n-1)d – orbitals are used.
(iii) Magnetic behaviour = Paramagnetic, as two unpaired electrons are present.
(iv) Spin only magnetic moment value = Spin only magnetic moment (μ) = √2(2+2) = √8 =
2.82BM.---1
Co(NH3)6]3+
(i) Type of hybridisation = d2sp3 hybridisation
(ii) Inner or outer orbital complex = Inner orbital complex as(n-1)d-orbitals take part.)
(iii) Magnetic behaviour = Diamagnetic (as three paired electrons are present.)
(iv) Spin only magnetic moment value = Spin only magnetic moment (μ) = √0(0+2) = √0 = 0---
--------1
[Cr(H2O)6]3+
(i) Type of hybridisation = d2sp3 hybridisation
(ii) Inner or outer orbital complex = Inner orbital complex as(n-1)d-orbitals take part.)
(iii) Magnetic behaviour = Paramagnetic (as three unpaired electrons are present.)
(iv) Spin only magnetic moment value = Spin only magnetic moment (μ) = √3(3+2) = √15 =
3.87BM.----1
28
(i). Grignard reagents are highly reactive substances. They react with any source of proton
to form hydrocarbons. Even water is sufficiently acidic to convert it into the corresponding
hydrocarbon. So it is necessary to avoid even traces of moisture with the Grignard reagent
as they arc highly reactive. Grignard reagents are highly reactive and react with water to
give corresponding hydrocarbons.
RMgX + H2O → RH + Mg(OH)X.-------1
(ii)Allyl chloride has a high reactivity because the carbocation generated by hydrolysis is
stabilised by resonance, whereas n-propyl chloride has no such stabilisation.
Because n-propyl chloride does not undergo ionisation to form n-propyl carbocation, allyl
chloride is more easily hydrolyzed than n-propyl chloride.-------1
Or
i. The nucleophile which has two sites through which it can attack is called
ambident nucleophile, for example, nitrite ion (NO2–). It can attack either
through 0 (-O– -N = O) or through N-------1
ii. The Colour of bromine gets discharged.

------1
Iii . Ethyl alcohol is formed.
CH3CH2Cl + KOH(aq) → CH3CH2OH + KCl Ethyl alcohol-------1
29
i. Ortho-nitrophenol has lower boiling point due to formation of intramolecular H-bonding
whereas p-nitrophenol forms intermoleeular H-bonding.------1
ii 2-pentanol gives Iodoform test with yellow ppt. of Iodoform while 3-pentanol does not
give this test.-------1
iii

-------1
30

A=1,B=1,C=1 marks each


31
1. Due to osmosis root cell wall are made up of semipermeable membrane---1
2. Due to osmosis water int blood cell as a result cell swells up and burst---1
3. Reverse osmosis takes place---1
Or
Desalination of water takes place
1. vegetables remain fresh due to osmosis---1
32
1. Amino acids are the building block of protein. --1
2. peptide bond---1
3.Vanderwaals interaction, H- bonding, disulphide bridges.Eg-Insulin and albumin 2
Or

4. The protein loses its biological activity due to changes in secondary and tertiary
structures .Curding of milk,boiling of egg--- 2
33 (i) According to the formula
ΔG° = -nFE° = – 2 × 96500 ×1.05
or ΔG° = -202650 J mol-1 = -202.65 KJ mol-1
Now ΔG° ⇒ -202650 J Mol-1--------1
R = 8.314 J/Mol/K, T = 298 K
-----(1)
(ii) Lead storage battery is used in inverters.
At Anode:
Pb(s) + SO2−4(aq) → PbSO4 (s) + 2e–-------1/2
At Cathode:
PbO2(s) + SO2−4(aq) + 4H+ (aq) + 2e–-------1/2
PbSO4 (s) + 2H2O
Or

(i) The reaction takes place at anode and cathode in the following ways:
At anode (oxidation) :
Cu(s) → Cu2+(aq) + 2e–
At cathode (reduction) :
Cu(s) + 2Ag2+(aq) → Cu2+(aq) + 2Ag(s)

(ii) The complete cell reaction is

-----(1+1)
(iii) Molar conductivity: Conductivity of 1 M electrolytic solution placed between
two electrodes 1 cm apart and have enough area of cross-section to hold the
entire volume is known as molar conductivity or conductivity observed for
one molar solution of electrolyte. Molar condctivity increases with decrease
in concentration of solute for both weak and strong electrolytes. ---1

34
Or

(1+1)
(iii) Copper exhibits + 1 oxidation state more frequently i.e., Cu+1 because of its electronic
configuration 3d104s1. It can easily lose 4s1 electron to give stable 3d10 configuration.------1

(iv) SC3+ = 4S0 3d3+ = no unpaired electron


V3+ = 3d2 4s0 = 2 unpaired electron
Ti4+ = 3d0 4s0 = no unpaired electron
Mn2+ = 3d5 4s0 = 5 unpaired electron
Thus V3+ and Mn2+ are coloured in their aqueous solution due to presence of unpaired
electron.--------1

(V) Lanthanoid contraction: The overall decrease in atomic and ionic radii with increasing
atomic number is known as lanthanoid contraction. In going from La +3 to Lu+3 in lanthanoid
series, the size of ion decreases.-------1

35
(a)

(i) Cannizzaro’s reaction: Aldehydes, which do not have an α-hydrogen atom undergo self
oxidation and reduction on treatment with cone, alkali and produce alcohol and carboxylic
acid salt.

------1
(ii) Hell-Volhard-Zelinsky reaction : Carboxylic acid reacts with chlorine or bromine in
presence of small quantities of red phosphorous to give exclusively α-chloro or α-bromo
acids.

------1

b)

(i) Propanal and propanone: Propanal gives a positive test with the Fehling solution in which
a red ppt. of cuprous oxide is obtained while propanone does not respond to test----1

ii) Acetophenone and Benzophenone: They can be distinguished by iodoform test which is
given by only acetophenone with the formation of yellow ppt. while benzophenone does
not respond to iodoform test----------1

iii) Phenol and Benzoic acid: On addition of NaHCO3 to both solutions carbon dioxide gas is
evolved with benzoic acid while phenol does not form CO2------1

or
------------(1+1+1)

(b)

(i) Due to much stronger I-effect of F over Cl, the FCH2COO– ion is much more stable than
ClCH2COO– ion and hence FCH2COOH is a stronger acid than ClCH2COOH.------1

(ii) Ethanoic acid is stronger acid than phenol due to less pKa than that of phenol and the
carboxylate ion is much more resonance stabilized than phenoxide ion.--------1
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 9
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
MARKING SCHEME

S.N QUESTION MAR


O. KS

1 a 1

2 d 1

3 c 1

4 c 1

5 c 1

6 b 1

7 c 1

8 c 1

9 b 1

10 d 1

11 c

12 a 1

13 d 1

14 b 1

15 a 1

16 c 1

17 a 1

18 d 1
SECTION-B

19 Molar conductivity:-It is defined as the conductivity of a solution containing 1


one mole of an electrolyte.

Ƙ= 1/R X l/a

Ƙ = GX G*

Ƙ = conductivity
1
G = conductance

G* = cell constant

Section B

20 a) Peptide bond: The amide linkage between carboxyl group of one amino 1
acid and amino group of other amino acid.
1
b) glucose and galactose

21 R=[A]n ---- eq.1 ½


On increasing the concentration of A by 9 times the rate becomes 3 times
3R = [9A] n ---- eq.2
Divide 2 by 1.
3R/R= [9A] n/[A]n
3 = [9]n [A]n/[A] n ½
3= 32n
½
1=2n
n =1/2 order =1/2. ½
OR
The reaction is : X—>Y According to rate law, rate = k[X]2 OR

If [X] is increased to 3 times, then the new rate is rate = k[3X]2 , ½


rate= 9 k [X]2 = 9 rate
Thus, rate of reaction becomes 9 times and hence rate of formation of Y
½
increases 9- times.
½

22 a) Bidentate ligand: ligand which have two donar atom 1


Ambidentate ligand: unidentate ligand with two donar atom but at the time
of donation only one atom donate electron
b) [Fe(ox)3]3- is more stable due to chelation.
1

23 (H.V.Z Reaction) 1
𝑅𝑒𝑑𝑃
a) CH3COOH + 3Br2 → CBr3COOH
2,2,2-Tribromo ethanoic acid.
b) Soda lime decarboxylation 1
𝐶𝑎𝑂
RCOONa + NaOH → RH + Na2CO3 OR
OR

a) CH3CHO + CH3CHO (Base ) -- CH3(OH)CHCH2CHO (Aldol condensation) 1


b) C6H5COOH +SOCl2-- C6H5COCl + H2/Pd(BaSO4)-- C6H5CHO
1

24 a) activation energy decreases due to provide lower energy barrier. 1

b) gibb’s free energy remain constant. 1

25 a) chloroform in presence of light form phosgene (COCl2) which is 1


extremely poisonous gas.
1
b) 1) It is used as an aesthetic agent 2) it is used as solvent.

Section C

26 ∆T f = K f x m or ∆T f = K f x W B x 1000 1

MB XWA

∆T f = 273.15-271.15 =2K

2 = K f x1000x 4/ 342x100 =17.1K 1

∆T f = 17.1 x1000x 5/ 180x100 = 4.75K

T f= 273.15-4.75K =268.4K 1

27 a) Hybridisation = SP3d2 1

Nature = paramagnetic 0.5

b) Coordination number of Pt =6 0.5

oxidation state of Pt = +4 0.5

c) When a ligand attaches to the metal ion in a manner that forms a ring, then
the metal- ligand association is found to be more stable. In other words, we can
say that complexes containing chelate rings are more stable than complexes 0.5
without rings. This is known as the chelate effect.eg[ Ni(en) 3]2+
d) Because for tetrahedral complexes the crystal field stabilization energy is 1
lower than pairing
28 𝑑𝑟𝑦 𝑒𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟 1
a) 2C6H5-Cl + Na → C6H5-C6H5
𝑃𝑟𝑒𝑠𝑒𝑛𝑐𝑒 𝑜𝑓 𝑝𝑒𝑟𝑜𝑥𝑖𝑑𝑒 1
b) CH3-CH=CH2 + HI → CH3CH2CH2I
1
c) CH3CH2CH(Br)CH3 + alc.KOH → CH3-CH=CH-CH3

29 𝐻2𝑂/𝐻+ 1
i) CH3CHO + CH3MgBr → CH3-CH(OH)CH3

Ethanal Isopropylalcohol
623𝐾, 1
300𝑎𝑡𝑚,
𝐻3𝑂+
ii) C6H5Cl +2NaOH→ C6H5OH

Chlorobenzene phenol
𝑍𝑛 1
iii) C6H5OH → C6H6 + ZnO
OR
Phenol Benzene

OR
1
(i)Because it is accompanied by the formation of alkenes and is not a suitable
method for the preparation of ether from acid catalyzed dehydration of 2°
and 3° alcohol, as this reaction involve SN2 mechanism, but dehydration of
2° and 3° alcohol, it follows SN1 due to steric hindrance and tend to form
alkenes preferably.

(ii) Due to resonance in phenol, O acquires +ve charge , there is decrease in


1
the electron density on –OH ,increasing acidic nature ,hence has less pka
value than alcohol

(iii)because of greater electro negativity of O ,C-O bond is polar in nature 1


,there is a net dipole moment of the molecule and in spite of having
symmetrical structure ,it has net dipole moment.

30 i) pyridine act as base and neutralize HCl which is produced in the reaction 1

ii) CH3-CH2-CH2-CH2-NH2 (butanamine )


In butanamine,there is strong intermolecular H bonding due to
1
presence of 2 hydrogen atom attach with nitrogen.
iii)Aniline is less basic due to presence of benzene ring and resonance 1
occur and basic character decreases and value of Kb is small whereas
the value of PKb is large.
SECTION-D ( case study question)

31 1

a) due to denaturation, helix become uncoiled.

b) Due to hydrogen bonding which stabilize the helix. 1

c) Boiled egg – fibrous protein

unboiled egg- globular protein 1

d) Denaturation of protein: Due to physical and chemical change protein 0.5


loses its biological activity. The helix get uncoiled and secondary protein
converted to primary. o.5

or
OR

d)Fibrous protein:-It has thread like structure.It is insoluble in water.eg


keratin 1
Globular protein:-It has spherical shape.It is soluble in water.eg insulin

32 a) In cold water, solubility of oxygen in water increases due to lowering in 1


temperature.

b) cell shrinks due to ex osmosis.


1
c) due to high concentration of ions, pressure increases which increases
blood pressure. 2

or or

1
Azeotropic mixture:-Abinary mixture of two component which boils at a
constant temp. at a constant composition.

33 a) At anode Fe → Fe2+ + 2e- 2


At cathode 2H+ + ½ 02 +2e- → H2O

Overall reaction Fe + 2H+ + ½ 02 → Fe2+ + H2O

2Fe2+ + 2H2O+ ½ O2 → Fe2O3 + 4H+

Fe2O3 + xH20 →Fe2O3. xH20 (Rust)

b) EoCell = 0.261V

[Fe2+]=0.01M
3
[Cr3+] = 0.01M n=6

Ecell = Eocell -0.0591/n log [anode]/[cathode]

Ecell = Eocell -0.0591/n log [Cr3+]2/[Fe2+]3

Ecell = 0.261 -0.0591/6 log [0.01]2/[0.01]3

Ecell = 0.2807V

or

a) Limiting molar conductivity of an electrolyte is equal to sum of


limiting molar conductivities of their constituent ions.
Number of ions per unit volume decreases 1

b) I = 2A W1= 2.8g 1

0.5
Fe2+ + 2e- → Fe
96500 X 2C of charge is required to deposit=56g of Fe 1
9650C of charge is required to deposit=2.8g of Fe
Q=It or t = 9650/2=4825g 0.5
Using Faraday second law of electrolysis 0.5
W Fe / W Zn = E Fe/ E Zn w -weight, E- equivalent weight

2.8/W Zn = 56/2/65.3/2 or W Zn=3.265g


0.5

34 a) with oxygen atom manganese form double bond and with fluorine it form 1
single bond.
ii) due to lanthanoid contraction. 1

(iii)due to variable oxidation states and transition metal provide surface area
to the reactants molecule
1
c)Comparison of lanthanoids and actinoids
1
1) Both are electropositive in nature
2) Both are basic in nature
3) Both show f-f transition.
Difference between lanthanoids and actinoids
1
Lanthanoids actinoids
1. Less basic in nature More basic in nature 1
2.Little tendency to form complex More tendency to form complex
compound compound. 1

35 a) i) carboxylate ion formed from carboxylic acid is more stabilized than 1


phenoxide ion. Because in carboxylate ion negative charge is equally
distributed over two oxygen
ii) In 2-chloroethanoic acid, there is chlorine atom which is an electron
withdrawing group due to which acidic character increases and Ka value 1
increases and Pka value decreases.

b) i) Iodoform test positive for pentan-2-one 1


ii) sodium bicarbonates test for benzoic acid 1
c) CH3-CH2-CH2-CHO (Butanal) 1
Or

a) Compound A (C5H10) on Ozonolysis ,it will gives B (CH3CHO) and


C ( CH3COCH3)
𝑖)𝑂3 𝑖𝑖) 𝑍𝑛/𝐻3𝑂+
CH3CH=C(CH3)2→ CH3CHO + CH3COCH3 1
Ethanal propano

CH3CHO + 2 Cu2+ + 5OH- → CH3COO- + Cu2O + 3H2O


1
Red ppt.
1
CH3COCH3 → No reaction

A - CH3CH=C(CH3)2

B- CH3CHO

C - CH3COCH3
1
𝐶𝑟𝑜2𝐶𝑙2,𝐶𝑆2
b) I) C6H5-CH3 → C6H5CHO
𝑆𝑂𝐶𝑙2/𝑝𝑦𝑟𝑖𝑑𝑖𝑛𝑒 𝑃𝑑/𝐵𝑎𝑆𝑂4+𝑠 1
II) C6H5COOH → C6H5COCl → C6H5CHO
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 1
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

MARKING SCHEME

Q.N. ANSWER MARKS


1 C 1
2 B 1
3 B 1
4 C 1
5 D 1
6 B 1
7 A 1
8 C 1
9 A 1
10 B 1
11 C 1
12 A 1
13 D 1
14 A 1
15 C 1
16 B 1
17 B 1
18 A 1
19 2.303 Ao 1/2
k log
t A
t90  3.33  t50 1/2
t90  3.33  40  133.2 min utes 1
20 a. Due to formation of carbocation. 1
b. Can’t form Hydrogen bonding. 1
OR
A = CH3CH2Cl 1
B = CH3CH2CN 1
21 Geometrical isomers 1+1
22 In which heat produced by combustion is converted into electrical 1
energy.

2 H 2  O2 
Pt
 2 H 2O 1
23 (i) Rate of reaction = 1.8 x 10-4 MolL-1s-1 1
(ii) Rate of disappearance of Hydrogen = 5.4 x 10-4 MolL-1s-1 1
24 (a) CH3 NH 2  CHCl3  3NaOH  CH3 NC  3NaCl  2 H 2O 1
(b) CH3CONH 2  Br2  4 NaOH  CH 3 NH 2  2 NaBr  Na2CO3 1
25 a. Butene-2 1
b. 2-Ethoxybutane 1
OR
(a) C6 H 5  CH  CH 2
1

(b) Sandmeyer’s reaction 1

26 i.Kf  Wb 1000 1
Tf 
Mb  Wa
1.87 1.86  Wb 1000 1
7.5 
58.5  65
Wb  8.199 1
27 If amino acid contains more amino group than carboxylic group - 1
basic
If amino acid contains more carboxylic group than amino group –
acidic
If amino acid contains equal number of amino and carboxylic groups 1
– neutral.
Essential Amino acids – which can’t be synthesized inside our body. 1
Ex - Histidine
Non-essential amino acids – which can be synthesized inside our
body. Ex – Glycine 1
OR 1
a)DNA -- i) It has double helix structure.
ii) It has deoxyribose sugar
RNA --- I) It has single helix structure. 1
ii) It has ribose sugar.
b) In nucleotide there is present phosphate group along with
nucleoside.

28. (a) Pent-2-enal 1


(b) (i) Propanone gives Haloform test. 1
(ii) Acetophenone gives haloform test. 1
29 a. sp3d2 1
b. Octahedral 1
c. 4.8BM 1
30 a. Lone pair of electrons are involved in resonance. 1
b. Due to formation of anilinium ion. 1
c. Methylamine can form hydrogen bonding in water. 1
d. Due to formation of adduct with AlCl3. 1
OR
a) NH3 , C3H7NH2 , (CH3)2NC2H5 , (CH3)3N
b) Aniline , p-Amino phenol, Ammonia, Ethanamine
31. a. Blood cells swells due to endomosis. 1
b. Diffusion - Movement of solute from higher to lower 1
concentration.
Osmosis – Movement of solvent particles from its higher to 1
lower concentration through semi-permeable membrane.
c. Two solutions having same osmotic pressure. 1
OR
Blood pressure becomes high. 1
32. a. 15% 1
b. Fermentation 1
c. Cost goes to down. 2
OR
Any suitable points 2
33. (i) Zinc to copper 1

(ii) Because no ionic species is present during the reaction. 1

iii) G   nFE 0 cell 1


G  1 96500  0.03 = 2895Joule 1
0.059
E 0 cell  log K c OR log Kc = 0.5 1
n
34.

1+1

(A) = (B) =
b. 1
c. 1
d. 1
OR
(a) (i) Suitable reason 1
(ii) Suitable reason 1
Pd  BaSO4
(b) (i) CH 3COCl  H 2   CH 3CHO  HCl 1
(ii) 2 HCHO 
conc. NaOH
 CH 3OH  HCOONa 1
(c) CH3CH 2CH 2COCH 3 1
35. a. No absorption of visible light as these species has f0 and f7
configuration. 1
b. As it has 5 unpaired electrons. 1
c. It shows disproprotionation reaction. 1
d. 2CrO4 2  2 H   Cr2O7 2  H 2O 1
e. 2MnO4   5C2O4 2  16 H   2Mn 2  10CO2  8H 2O 1
OR
a. It attains d5 configuration. 1
b. Due to variation in their configuration and size. 1
c. Oxygen can form multiple bonds. 1
d. Actinoid contraction is more than lanthanoid. 1
Actinoids are radio-active. 1
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 11
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

MARKING SCHEME

QN. VALUE POINT MARKS

1 b (1)

2 d (1)

3 a (1)

4 a (1)

5 d (1)

6 c (1)

7 c (1)

8 b (1)

9 a (1)

10 d (1)

11 d (1)

12 b (1)

13 b (1)

14 b (1)

15 d (1)

16 d (1)

17 c (1)

18 b (1)
SECTION B

19 Molality is defined as the number of moles of the solute per kilogram (2)
of the solvent. It is represented by m.
Molality (m) = Number of moles of solute/Mass of solvent (in kg)
Mole fraction of any component in a solution is defined as no of mole
of that component to the total no. of mole of all the component.

20 Transition series elements belongs to d-block. Outer most electron in (2)


each series of transition metal belongs to d-sub-shell. Also any d-sub-
shell can only accommodate maximum number of ten (10) electrons.
As one electron is added in each next element, as we proceed in a
period, in any transition series. Therefore, only 10 elements are
possible in each series of transition elements.
OR
Sc, Ti, V, Cr, Mn, Fe, Co, Ni, Cu, and Zn.

21 By Lucas Test (2)

22 Half-life or time (t1/2) of reaction is the time required for the (2)
concentration of a reactant to decrease to one half its initial value.
e.g. Half-life (t1/2) = 0.693/k (for first order)
OR
A Pseudo first-order reaction can be defined as a second-order reaction
that is made to behave like a first-order reaction. This reaction occurs
when one reacting material is present in great excess or is maintained
at a constant concentration compared with the other substance. Eg
hydrolysis of cane sugar.

23 (i) Wurtz Reaction : It converts alkyl halides into alkane. (1 + 1)


𝑑𝑟𝑦 𝑒𝑡ℎ𝑒𝑟
Example : 2𝐶𝐻3 𝐶𝑙 + 2𝑁𝑎 → 𝐶𝐻3 − 𝐶𝐻3 + 2𝑁𝑎𝐶𝑙
(ii) Wurtz-Fittig Reaction : It converts an aryl halide and alkyl halide
into the corresponding hydrocarbon.

24 For expressing the rate of such a reaction, rate of disapperance of any (2)
of the reactants or the rate of appearance of products is divided by their
respective stoichiometric coefficients. Since the rate of consumption of
HI is twice the rate of formation of H2 or I2 to make them equal the
term 𝛥[HI] is divided by 2. The rate of this reaction is given by
1 Δ[HI] Δ[𝐻2 ] Δ[𝐼2 ]
Rate of reaction = − 2 = =
Δt Δt Δt

25 (i)Because it react with oxygen in the presence of sunlight to form (1 + 1)


phosgene poisonous gas.
(ii) The boiling point of ethyl bromide is higher due to greater
magnitude of the van der Waals’ forces which depends upon molecular
size of the halogen atom.

SECTION C

26 (3)
(ii) Primary : (a), (b), (c), (d); Secondary : (e), (f), (h); Tertiary : (g)
27 (3)

28 (i) Tetraammineaquachloro cobalt (III) chloride. (1+1+1)


(ii) A ligand which has two different donor atoms but only one of them
forms a coordinate bond at a time with central metal/ion is called
ambidentate ligand. On the other hand, ligands which can bind through
two donor atoms are said to be bidentate ligands.
(iii) [Fe(C2O4)3]3– is a chelate complex and [Fe(NH3)6]3+ is a complex
containing unidentate ligand. We know that chelate complexes are
more stable than similar complexes containing unidentate ligands.
Thus, [Fe(C2O4)3]3–is more stable.

29 (i) When N-ethylethanamine reacts with benzene sulphonyl chloride, (1+1+1)


N, N-diethyl benzene sulphonamide is formed.
(ii) When benzyl chloride is treated with ammonia, benzylamine is
formed which on reaction with chloromethane yields a secondary
amine, N-methylbenzylamine.
(iii) When aniline reacts with chloroform in the presence of alcoholic
potassium hydroxide, phenyl isocyanides or phenyl isonitrile is
formed.
OR
(i) N-ethyl-N-methylbenzenamine Or N-ethyl-N-ethylaniline. (1+2)

(ii)
30 (1+1+1)
SECTION D
31 (1+1+2)

32 (i) Glycogen is stored in animals in liver and skeletal muscles. (1+1+2)


(ii) Amylose is a straight chain water soluble component of starch
which constitutes 20% of it. It can be hydrolysed into glucose units
breaking glycosidic bonds by the enzymes α − amylase and
β −amylase.
(iii) This bipolymer is cellulose and it is structurally similar to
amylopectin.
OR
(iv) Cellulose is a linear polymer of glucose important to plant cells. It
is made up of glucose monomers that are linked by bonds between
particular carbon atoms in the glucose molecule. Every other glucose
monomer is flipped over and packed tightly as extended long chains
providing the cellulose its rigidity and high tensile strength.

SECTION E
33 (1+1+1+
1+1)
OR
34 (i) (a) Cu+ (3d10) compounds are white because of absence of (1+1+1+
unpaired electrons while Cu2+ (3d9) compounds are coloured due to 2)
unpaired electrons and they show d-d transition.
(b) Chromates change their colour when kept in an acidic solution;
because they change to dichromate’s (Cr2O7)2-.
(c) Zn, Cd and Hg are considered as d-block elements, but not as
transition elements due to completely filled d-orbitals in their ground
state as well as in excited state.
(ii) Electronic configuration of
Co (Z = 27) = (Ar)3d74s2
Co2+ = (Ar)3d7
By the electronic configuration of Co2+ ion, it is clear that it has 3
unpaired electrons. Hence, Spin-only moment of Co2+,
𝜇 = √𝑛(𝑛 + 2) = √3(3 + 2) = √15 = 3.92 𝐵𝑀
OR
(i) (a) Out of the given four ions, Cr 3+ is most stable due to crystal
field splitting theory. In Cr3+, t2g is half-filled. Hence, it is most stable
among the given other ions.
(b) Out of the given four ions, Mn3+ is the strongest oxidising agent
because Mn3+ can easily be changed into Mn2+ which has d5
configuration. It is a stable half-filled configuration.
(c) Out of the given four ions, Ti4+ is colourless because it has no
unpaired electrons for excitation to the higher energy level.

35 (i) Given, (3+1+1)


Current, I = 2A
Time, t = 15 min
Quantity of electricity passed will be 𝑄 = 𝐼 × 𝑡 = 2 × 15 × 60 =
1800 𝐶
Electrolysis of AgNO3, 𝐴𝑔+ + 𝑒 − → 𝐴𝑔(𝑠)
Atomic mass of Ag = 108 g mol-1
As, 96500 C deposit 108 g of Ag
108×1800
1800 C will deposit = 96500 𝑔 𝑜𝑓 𝐴𝑔 = 2.014𝑔 𝑜𝑓 𝐴𝑔
(ii) Fuel Cell : The galvanic cells in which chemical energy of
combustion of fuels like hydrogen, methane etc. is converted into
electrical energy are called fuel cells.
(iii) Since Cu reduces Ag+ ions into Ag metal, so it is placed below
Ag in the electrochemical series.
Thus, E°Cu is less positive as compared to E°Ag or it is more negative
than E°Ag.
E°Cu>E°Ag (Negative value)
Further, Na reduces Mg2+ into Mg so Na is placed below Mg in the
electrochemical series.
Thus, E°Na is more negative than E°Mg.
E°Na>E°Mg(Negative value)
Mg reduces Cu2+ ions into Cu metal. So, Mg is placed below Cu in
the electrochemical series.
Thus, E°Mg is more negative as compared to E°Cu.
E°Mg>E°Cu(Negative value)
The decreasing order of electrode potential (negative value) of the
given metals is : Na > Mg > Cu > Ag
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 1
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70
MARKING SCHEME

Q.N. ANSWER MARKS


1 B 1
2 A 1
3 B 1
4 A 1
5 C 1
6 C 1
7 A 1
8 A 1
9 C 1
10 A 1
11 D 1
12 C 1
13 B 1
14 B 1
15 D 1
16 C 1
17 C 1
18 A 1
19 2.303 Ao 1/2
k log
t A
t90  3.33  t50 1/2
t90  3.33  40  133.2 min utes 1
20 Tf  i  Kf  molality 1
Amount of NaCl = 0.38 gm 1
OR
Ideal solution – which follows Raoult’s law
Non-ideal solution – which doesn’t follow Raoult’s law. 1
∆H = 0 , ∆V = 0 for ideal 1
∆H ≠ 0, ∆V ≠ 0 for non-ideal
21 a. The three dimensional structures of the three compounds along 1
with the direction of dipole moment in each of their bonds are
given below:
CCl4 being symmetrical has zero dipole moment. In CHCl3, the
resultant of two C – Cl dipole moments is opposed by the resultant
of C – H and C – Cl bonds. Since the dipole moment of latter
resultant is expected to be smaller than the former, CHCl3 has a
finite dipole (1.03 D) moment.
In CH2CI2, the resultant of two C – Cl dipole moments is
reinforced by resultant of two C – H dipoles, therefore, CH2CI2 (1
.62 D) has a dipole moment higher than that of CHCl3. Thus,
CH2CI2 has highest dipole moment.

OR

22. It means a π bond is formed by the donation of a pair of electrons from the
filled metal d orbital into the vacant anti-bonding π orbital (also known as
back bonding of the carbonyl group). The σ bond strengthens the π bond
and vice-versa. Thus, a synergic effect is created due to this metal-ligand
bonding.
23. 0-N itrophenol is steam volatile due to chelation (intramolecular H –
bonding) and hence can be separated by steam distillation from/Meta
nitrophenol which is hot steam volatile because of intermolecular H-
bonding

24. : Nucleophiles which can attack through two different sites are called
ambident nucleophiles. For example, cyanide ion is a resonance hybrid of
the following two structures:

It can attack through carbon to form cyanide and through N to form is O


cyanide
25.

31 i)A substance which prevents formation of ice. 1


ii)To lower the freezing point of ice. 1
2

iii)

32 i) Proteins contain both NH2 and COOH group 1


ii) Linkage between two amino acids 1
iii)* Primary structure refers to sequence of amino acids and 2
secondary structure is either alpha –helix or beta –sheet
*In primary there are peptide bonds between amino acids and in
secondary there are H-bonds between amino acids.
33

35 lanthanide contraction, also called lanthanoid contraction, in


chemistry, the steady decrease in the size of the atoms and ions of
the rare-earth elements with increasing atomic number
from lanthanum (atomic number 57) through lutetium (atomic
number 71).
With 3d4 configuration, Cr2+ acts as a reducing agent but Mn3+ acts
as an oxidising agent. (Atomic masses, Cr = 24, Mn = 25). Mn3+ |
Mn2+(+ 1.5 V). On the basis of these values, it is clear
that Cr2+ has a greater tendency to oxidise into Cr3+, thus it acts as
reducing agent
This is because although energy is required to remove one electron
from Cu+ to Cu2+, high hydration energy of Cu2+ compensates for
it. Therefore, Cu+ ion in an aqueous solution is unstable.
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 13
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

SECTION A
1 (C) 1
(B) Since EMF of the cell is negative i.e. Free energy change will be positive so cell reaction will
2 1
not be feasible.
3 (B) 1
4 (A) 1
5 (C) Specific conductance is the conductance per c.c. solution 1
6 (A) 1
7 (B) 1
8 (B) 1
(D) Rate law is [A0] – [A] = Kt or [A] = [A0] – Kt 1
9 Hence, graph is straight line with negative slope.

10 (C) Nitro is electron withdrawing group. 1


11 (C) 1
12 (C) C2H5OC2H5 + 2HI → 2C2H5I + H2O 1
13 (C) 1
14 (B) 1
15 (D) 1
(A) Alcohols are relatively more soluble in water than the corresponding hydrocarbons because
16 alcohol molecules can form hydrogen bonds with water. Hydrocarbons do not form hydrogen 1
bonds with water.
(A) The diazonium salts of aromatic amines are more stable because diazonium ion shows
17 1
resonance.
(B) Strong metallic bonding in transition metals is responsible for their high boiling points and
18 1
high enthalpy of atomization.
SECTION B
It is the conductance of a solution containing one gram mole of solute such that the entire 1
electrolyte is placed between two electrodes of 1 cm apart.
For weak electrolytes, number of ions as well as mobility of ions increase on dilution which
19 results in a very large increase in molar conductivity, especially at infinite dilution
Or 1
Λm CH3COOH = Λm (HCl) + Λm (CH3COONa) - Λm0 (NaCl)
0 0 0
½
= 425.9 + 91.0 - 126.4 ½
= 390.5 S cm2 mol–1
Rate = k [A]2, if [A] = 2A; then Rate = k[2A]2 = 4kA2 = Rate of the reaction increases by 4 times. 1+1
20 Similarly if [A] = A/2, the rate of reaction decreases by 4 times
(CH3)2CHCHO + C2H5MgBr →(CH3)2CHCH(C2H5)(OMgBr) 1
21. (CH3)2CHCH(C2H5)(OMgBr) →H+/H2O→ (CH3)2CHCH(C2H5)(OH) 1
2-Methylpentan-3-ol
22. n-Hexane and Gluconic acid are formed 1+1

23 The half life of a reaction is the time in which the concentration of the reactant is reduced to 1+1
one half of its initial concentration. t 1/2 for a first order reaction = 0.693/k
Haloalkanes are more reactive than haloarenes and vinylic halides because of the presence of 2
partial double bond character C-X bond in haloarenes and vinylic halides. Hence they do not
24 undergo nucleophilic reactions easily.
Or
Chloromethane < Bromomethane < Dibromomethane < Bromoform 2
25 i) d2sp3, octahedral ii) sp3 , tetrahedral 1+1
SECTION C
a). N-Ethyl-N-methylethanamine and N,N-Dimethylmethanamine ½+½
b).i) C6H5NH2 + CHCl3 + alc.3KOH → C6H5NC + KCl + 3 H2O 1
ii) C6H5N2Cl + H3PO2 + H2O → C6H6 + H3PO3 + HCl + N2 1
26 or
(i) C6H5NH2 < NH3 < C2H5NH2 < (C2H5)2NH 1
(ii) C2H5NH2 < (C2H5)3N < (C2H5)2NH 1
(iii) C6H5NH2 < C6H5CH2NH2 < CH3NH2
1
(a) Phenol gives violet/purple colouration with neutral ferric chloride solution while benzoic acid 1
does not. Or Benzoic acid gives brisk effervescence with NaHCO 3 due to evolution of CO2
while phenol does not.
27
(b) Acetaldehyde gives positive Iodoform test (Yellow ppt. of Iodoform) while Benzaldehyde 1
does not.
(c) Benzoic acid gives brisk effervescence with NaHCO3 due to evolution of CO2 while 1
ethylbenzoate does not.
a) i). d2sp3, octahedral ii). sp3 , tetrahedral 1+1
b) ‘en’ is a chelating ligand and forms ring like structures. 1
Or
28
(a) [Co (NH3)4(H2O) Cl] Cl2 1
(b) K3 [Al (C2O4)3] 1
(c) [CoCl2(en)2]+ 1
a). Since I- is a better leaving group than Br – ion, hence CH3-I reacts faster than
CH3-Br in SN2 reaction with hydroxyl ion.
b). (±) 2-Butanol is a racemic mixture. The rotation by one enantiomer will be cancelled by
1
the rotation due to the other isomer, making the mixture optically inactive.
29 1
c). In CH3-X the carbon atom is sp3 hybridised while in halobenzene the carbon atom is sp2
1
hybridised. The sp2 hybridised carbon is more electronegative due to greater s-character and
holds the electron pair of C-X bond more tightly than sp3 hybridised carbon atom with less s-
character.
a). Liquid mixtures which maintain uniform composition in vapour phase and liquid phase are 1
30. called Azeotropes
b). KCl → K+ + Cl- ; i = 2
ΔTf = i. Kf . m; ½
Therefore 2 = 2x 1.86 x m 1
 m = 0.5376 mol/kg,
Therefore , amount of KCl = 0.5376 x 74.5 = 40.05 g ½
SECTION D

The melting point of ice is the freezing point of water. We can use the depression in freezing
point property in this case.
a. 3rd reading for 0.5 g there has to be an increase in depression of freezing point and therefore
decrease in freezing point so also decrease in melting point when amount of salt is 1
increased but the trend is not followed on this case.
1
b. two sets of reading help to avoid error in data collection and give more objective data.
c. ΔTf (glucose) = 1 x Kf x 0.6 x 1000
1/2
180 x 10 ------- (i)
ΔTf (NaCl) = 2 x Kf x 0.6 x 1000
31
58.5 x 10 1/2
3.8 = 2 x Kf x 0.6 x 1000
58.5 x 10 ------- (ii)
Divide equation (1) by (2)
ΔTf (glucose) = 58.5 ½
3.8 2x 180

ΔTf (glucose) = 0.62


 Freezing point or Melting point = - 0.62 oC 1/2

(i) Vitamin-K 1
(ii) Vitamin B12 1
32
(iii) (a)Any one Vitamin (A or B or C or D) 1
(b)Cyanocobalamine 1
SECTION E
a) Theoretical 1+1
33
b) Theoretical 1+1+1
a) Theoretical
b) i) Sc3+ is colourless due to absence of an unpaired electron whereas Ti3+ is
coloured due to presence of unpaired electron
34 ii) Mn2+ compounds are more stable than Fe2+ towards oxidation to their +3
state due to half-filled electronic configuration in Mn2+.
iii) Many transition elements and their compounds act as good catalysts due to
existence of them in variable oxidation states.
OR
a) Theoretical
b) i) MnO4- + NO2- + H+ → Mn2+ + NO3- + H2O
ii) Cr2O7 2- + H2S + H+ → Cr3+ + S + H2O
c) Theoretical
a) 2 Fe3+ + 2e- → 2 Fe2+ and 2I- → I2 + 2e- 3
Hence, for the given cell reaction, n = 2
∆rG0 = -nFE0cell = 2 X 96500 X 0.236 = - 45.55 kj mol-1
35
∆rG0 −45.55
∆rG0 = - 2.303 RT log Kc or log Kc = = = 7.983
2.303 𝑅𝑇 2.303𝑋8.314 𝑋 10−3 𝑋 298

Kc = Antilog (7.983) = 9.616 X 107


b) Theoretical 2
OR
a) Quantity of electricity flowing through the cross-section of the wire per second 2
= 1 A x 1 sec = 1 Coulomb
1 Faraday (96,500 C) is equivalent to flow of 1 mole of electrons, i.e., 6.022 x 10 23 electrons
6.022 x 1023
:. 1 C will be equivalent to flow of electrons = = 6.24 x 1018
96500
b) Theoretical 1+1+1
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 14
CLASS - XII SUBJECT: CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

Q1 to 18 each correct answer 1 Mark


1. c.
As the branching in the structure increases, the surface area decreases and hence the van der Waal forces
decrease. This results in the reduction of boiling points of isomeric alcohols from primary to tertiary
structures.
2. d.
Because carbocation will be readily formed.
3. d.
Due to lanthanide contraction.
4. b.
For the half-life of a first-order reaction, the rate constant is inversely proportional to halflife;
thus, on increasing temperature, half-life decreases.
5. a.
A secondary cell.
6. c.
t1/2 = 30 minutes.
In two half-lives, t = 2 ×30 = 60 minutes.
In three half-lives, 87.5 percent of the reaction is finished. t = 3 × 30 = 90 minutes.
7. c.
Hoffmann bromamide degradation reaction is a reaction that involves the degradation of an
amide.
8. b.
VSEPR Theory uses electron pairs in atoms to explain the structure of particular molecules.
9. b.
10. c.
Secondary and tertiary amines do not react with CHCl3 and alc. KOH generates isocyanide,
whereas primary amine does.
11. b.
Because formaldehyde has only one carbon atom.
12. a.Rate constant does not depend upon concentration of reactants.

12.* c.
The order of a reaction is not always equal to the sum of the stoichiometric coefficients of
reactants in the balanced chemical equation for a reaction.
13. d.
Primary valency is the oxidation number of central metal ion while secondary valency is the coordination
number of the central metal ion.
14. b.
When benzyl alcohol is oxidised with KMnO4, benzoic acid is formed.
15. b.
16. a.
17. a.
18. a.

SECTION B
19. (i) From the graph of the concentration of A verse to show the equation of zero order reaction
i.e [A] = [A]0 – kt , here the slope is negative.
(ii) The unit of the rate constant = mol L -1 s-1
20. (i) Amylose is water soluble component while amylopectin is water insoluble
(ii) In fibrous protein, the polypeptide chains run parallel while in globular, the chains of
polypeptides coil around to give a spherical shape
OR
(i) n-hexane
(ii) Gluconic acid
21. (a) Benzyl chloride; Due to resonance, stable benzyl carbocation is formed.
(b) Pent-2-ene / CH3CH=CHCH2CH3
22. (a) K2 [Zn (OH)4]
(b) [Pt (NH3)6] Cl4
23. ECell = E0 cell – [0.059/n] log Kc
Ecell = 2.7395 V
24. Rate of disappearance of N2O5 = 1.4 × 10−3 M/s
25. (a) (i)CH3MgBr, Dry ether (ii)H2O/H+
(b) KMnO4, KOH and H2O
OR
(a) because the carboxyl group is deactivating and the catalyst aluminium chloride (Lewis
acid) gets bonded to the carboxyl group
(b) Nitro group is an electron withdrawing group (-I effect) so it stabilises the carboxylate
anion and strengthens the acid / Due to the presence of an electron withdrawing Nitro group
(-I effect).
SECTION C
26.

27. (a) Fe4[Fe (CN)6]3


(b) Ionisation isomerism
(c) sp3d2, 4
28. (a) As compared to other colligative properties, its magnitude is large even for very dilute solutions /
macromolecules are generally not stable at higher temperatures and polymers have poor solubility /
pressure measurement is around the room temperature and the molarity of the solution is used
instead of molality.
(b) Because oxygen is more soluble in cold water or at low temperature.
(c) Due to dissociation of KCl
KCl(aq) K + + Cl- , i is nearly equal to 2
OR
It states that partial pressure of a gas dissolved in liquid is directly proportional to its mole fraction .
Applications
1. Aerated drinks
2. Scuba divers.
29. (a) (i)Because of the combined factors of inductive effect and solvation or hydration effect
(ii)Due to resonance stabilisation or structural representation / resonating structures.
(b) Add chloroform in the presence of KOH and heat, Aniline gives an offensive smell while N, N dimethyl
aniline does not.
30. (i) (CH3)3C-I, Due to large size of iodine / better leaving group / Due to lower electronegativity.

(ii) p-nitro hydroxybenzene (a) NaOH, 443 K (b) H+


(iii) Because enantiomers have same boiling points / same physical properties.
OR
(a) (i) 3-methyl butan-2-ol
(b) Toluene
(c) 1-methyl cyclohex-1-ene
SECTION D
31. (i) Glycosidic linkage.
(ii) Amylopectin
(iii) a)Glucose has cyclic structure in which -CHO group is not free because it forms hemiacetal linkage
with
-OH group at C-5.
b) True, Glucose forms two isomeric methyl glycosides; methyl α-D glucoside and methyl β-D
glucoside.
32.(i) Two solutions having the same osmotic pressure are called isotonic solutions.
(ii) 0.9/100 ml solution of sodium chloride in water is suitable for transfusion into blood.
(iii) a)The concentration of this solution is 0.6 g per 100 ml or 0.6%. Hence, water will flow
into the cells and they would burst.
b)
Hypertonic solution Hypotonic solution
If the osmotic pressure of a solution is If the osmotic pressure of a solution is
higher that of another solution, the lower that of another solution, the
former solution is hypertonic solution. former solution is hypotonic solution.

SECTION E
33. (a) E0cell = 1.10V
∆G0 = -n F E0 = -2 X 1.10 X96500 = -212300 J/mol or -212.3 kJ/mol
(b) (i) Pollution free
(ii) High efficiency.
OR
(a) (i) Silver wire at 30oC because as temperature decreases, resistance decreases so conduction increases.
(ii) 0.1 M CH3COOH, because on dilution degree of ionization increases hence conduction increases.
(iii)KCl solution at 50oC, because at high temperature mobility of ions increases and hence conductance
increases
(b)
Electrochemical Electrolytic
(1) Anode -ve, Cathode +ve (1) Anode +ve Cathode -ve

(2) Convert chemical Energy to (2) Convert electrical Energy to


electrical energy chemical energy
34. (a) (i) C6H5-CH(OH)-CN
(ii) 2 CH3COCH2C6H5 + CdCl2
(iii) (CH3)2-C(Br)COOH
(b)
(i) (CH3)3C-OH / tertiary butyl alcohol is formed.
(ii) C6H5COCH3 / acetophenone is formed
OR
(a) (i) (CH3)2C(OH)CH2COCH3
(ii) C6H5CH2CH3
(iii) C6H5CHO

(b) (i) because the carboxyl group is deactivating and the catalyst aluminium chloride (Lewis acid) gets
bonded to the carboxyl group
(ii) Nitro group is an electron withdrawing group (-I effect) so it stabilises the carboxylate anion and
strengthens the acid / Due to the presence of an electron withdrawing Nitro group (-I effect).

35. (a) (i) Cu+1(3d10) compounds are white because of absence of unpaired electrons while Cu +2 (3d9)
compounds are coloured due to unpaired electrons and shows d-d transition.
(ii) chromate (CrO4 2-) changes to dichromate (Cr2O7 2-) ion in acidic medium.
(iii) due to completely filled d-orbitals in their ground state as well as in oxidized state.
(b) Co = [Ar]4s2 3d7, Co+2 =[Ar] 3d7
μ = √n(n+2), n = 3,
μ = 3.92 BM.
KENDRIYA VIDYALAYA SANGATHAN, JAMMU REGION
SAMPLE PAPER SET : 15
CLASS - XII SUBJECT:
CHEMISTRY
TIME :3H MM: 70

MARKING SCHEME

SECTION A

Q1 to 18 each correct answer 1 mark

1. a. (Ethanol is a primary alcohol and primary alcohols can be obtained from reaction of
HCHO with grignard reagent.) [1]
2. d. (Halogens present on benzene ring have -I and +R effect deactivate the ring but +R
effect increases the electron density on ortho and para positions. Hence , halogens are
ortho and para directing.) [1]
3. d.
(Magetic moment , μ = √n(n + 2) where n = number of unpaired electrons
√15 = √n(n + 2) ∴ n = 3) [1]

4 . c . ( D e c o m p o s i t i o n o f H I o n g o l d s u r f a c e i s a z e r o o r d e r r e a c t i o n . 1]
5. d. [1]

6. b.
k=Ae-Ea/RT
ln k= ln A - E a / R T
-Ea/R = slope = − 2 × 104
E a = R × 2 × 104 K
= 8.3 × 2 × 104 J mol-1
= 16.6 × 10 4 J mol-1
=166 kJ mol-1 [1]
7. b. ( More the number of H atoms stronger will be the intermolecular H Bonding and higher
will be the boiling point.) [1]
8. c. It is a hexadentate ligand [1]

9. d. This reaction follows SN1 mechanism according to which tertiary carbocation is more
stable. [1]
10. d. Both aliphatic and aromatic primary amines give this test. [1]
11. d. [1]
12. a. r=[A]2[B]
r=[2A]2[B/2]
=4[A]2[B]/2
=2 r [1]
13.c. Oxalate ligand is a bidentate ligand and form chelate rest others do not. [1]
14.d both HCOOH and CH3(CHOH)3 CHO gives tollen’s test . [1]
15.c. A is true but R false as sodium methoxide will act as base and bring out elimination
reaction. [1]
16. a. Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A. [1]
17. b. Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A as there is quenching of
orbital contribution in actinides and they are strongly paramagnetic due to unpaired
electrons. [1]
18. c. A is true but R is false (Aryl halide does not undergo nucleophilic substitution because
of resonance C-Cl bond acquires partial double bond character. [1]
SECTION -B

19. k = (2.303 / t) log ([A]o / [A]t)

k = (2.303 / 40) log (100 / 75)

= 0.007 min- [1]

t = (2.303 / k) log ([A]o / [A]t)

t = (2.303 / 0.0071) log (100/20)

t =230 min [1]

(a)Glucose does not give 2, 4-DNP test because the aldehydic group in glucose is not free as per
the cyclic structure of glucose. Therefore, it does not give 2, 4-DNP test.

(b) The two stands are complementary to each other because the hydrogen bonds are formed
between specific pairs of bases.
OR
(a) D-glucose and D-galactose are obtained on hydrolysis of Lactose
(b) Vitamin C is water soluble and it passes through the body and excreted out through urine.
Hence, cannot be stored in our body.
20. (a)The presence of −NO2 group at ortho or para position increases the reactivity of
haloarenes towards nucleophilic substitution reactions because nitro groups at ortho or
para position withdraw the electron density from the benzene ring facilitating the attack of
the nucleophile. [1]
(b)Melting point of para isomer is quite higher than that of orhto or meta isomers. This is
due to the fact that it has a symmetrical structure and therefore ,its molecules can easily pack
closely. [1]
OR

[1+1]
21. Tetraamminedichlorochromium(III)ion
22. (i)Electrolyte A is a strong electrolyte
Electrolyte B is a weak electrolyte. [1/2+1/2]
(ii)For electrolyte A on extraploation of Λm as the concentration reaches zero it we will
get limiting molar conductivity at infinite dilution. For electrolyte B it will never intersect y
axis . [1]
23. (i) The order of a reaction can be defined as the sum of the powers of the concentration
terms as expressed in rate law. [1]
(ii) Molecularity: It may be defined as the number of reacting species (molecules, atoms or
ions) taking part in an elementary reaction, which must collide simultaneously in order to
bring about a chemical reaction. [1]
24. (a)CH3COCH3 →Zn-Hg , Conc. HCl CH3CH2CH3 [1]
(b) [1]

SECTION-C
25. [2]

(c) Phenol from Cumene [1]

26. (i) Ambidentate ligand: A ligand which can coordinate to central metal atom through two
different atoms is called ambidentate ligand. Eg. SCN- [1]
(ii)Denticity: The number of ligating atoms present in ligand is called denticity of ligand .Eg.
CN-1 has denticity one. [1]
(iii)This splitting of degenerate level in the presence of ligand is known as crystal field splitting.
The difference between the energy of t2g and eg level is denoted by Δo, called Crystal Field
Splitting Energy. [1]
27.
Henry’s law : At constant temperature, the solubility of a gas in a liquid is directly proportional
to the partial pressure of the gas present above· the surface of the liquid or solution. [1]
p=KH.x
p=760mm, KH =1.25×106
Substituting the values in the equation above,
x=p/KH
x=760mm/1.25×106
=
6.08×10-4
[1]

XCO2 =n/n+55.5 n can be neglected


6.08×10-4=n/55.5
6.08×10-4=n/55.5
n=337.44×10-4mol
n= 3.37×10-
2
mol [1]

29.

[1/2+1/2+1/2]
(d) A=C6H5NO2 , B=C6H5NH2 C=C6H5NHCOCH3
[1/2+1/2+1/2]

30

1+1+1]
OR
(i) Acidified KMnO4
(ii) 85% H3PO4
(iii) NaBH4 [1+1+1]
SECTION-D
31. (1)Amino acids are biomolecules which has both amino and carboxylic functional groups. 1]
(2)Amino acids are amphoteric because they react with both acids and bases. [1]
(3)Acidic amino acids contain more number of -COOH group than NH2 while basic amino acids
containg more -NH2 grup than -COOH group. [1]
(4)Amino acids which can't be synthesised in our body but can only be received from proper
food or diet are called Essential Amino Acids.e.g.histidine, isoleucine, [1]
OR
Peptide linkage is formed. [1]
32. (1)M=no. Of moles /volume of solution in litres
=6.02 x 1022 x 1000/6.02x1023 x 50
=2M [1]
(2) B’ will have lower vapour pressure because its boiling point is higher. [1]
(3) Maximum boiling azeotropes [1]
(4) ΠV=nRT
Π x 0.1L= 5 x 0.0821 x 300/60
Π = 24.63/1.2
=20.52 atm [1]
OR
(i) i > 1, because dissociation takes place.
(ii) i < 1, because association takes place [1]

33. (a)

[3]
(i) NaCl → Na+ + Cl-
(e)

H2O ⇌ H+ + OH-
The value of E0 of O2 is higher than Cl2 but O2 is evolved from H2O only when the higher
voltage is applied. So, because of this Cl2 is evolved instead of O2. [1]

(ii) Conductivity varies with the change in the concentration of the electrolyte. The number of
ions per unit volume decreases on dilution. So, conductivity decreases with decrease in
concentration. Therefore, conductivity of CH3COOH decreases on dilution. [1]
OR
(a) The molar conductivity of an electrolytic solution is the conductance of the volume of the
solution containing a unit mole of electrolyte that is placed between two electrodes of unit area
cross-section or at a distance of one-centimeter apart. [1]
The specific conductivity of an electrolytic solution at any given concentration as the
conductance of one unit volume of solution that is placed between two platinum electrodes with
the unit area of cross-section. [1]
(b)
Cell constant, G∗= Conductivity × Resistance
=1.29Sm-1×100Ω
=129m-1
=
1.29cm-1 [1]
Conductivity (k) of 0.02MKCl solution =G∗R
=129m-1 x 520Ω
=0.248S m-1 [1]
Concentration =0.02M=1000×0.02molm-3
=20molm-3
Molar conductivity (∧m)=k c
=0.248Sm-1 x 20 mol m-3
=124×10-4m2mol-1 [1]

34. (a)(i) Chlorine acts as electron withdrawing group, so it helps in dispersing the negative
charge on carboxylate ion after releasing of H+ ions and thus making it stable. So,
Cl-CH2COOH is stronger acid than CH3COOH. [1]
(ii)This is because C=O group is involved in resonance with lone pair of electron on -OH group
thus decreasing the electophilicity of carbonyl carbon. [1]

(b)(i) Rosenmund reduction:

[1]
(ii) Cannizzaro’s Reaction:

CH3CH2CH2COCH3 shows iodoform test because it has a terminal methyl ketone group. [1]
OR

(a) Aldehydes or ketones having methyl ketonic group will only give iodoform test. [2]
Therefore , A = CH3COCH3 , B= CH3CH2CHO

(b)(i)Acetophenone has methyl group attached to carbonyl group while benzaldehyde doesn’t.
So these can be distinguished by Iodoform test. [1]

(ii)HCOOH gives silver mirror test with Tollen's reagent whereas ethanoic acid does not. 1]

(c) CH3CHO <CH3CH2OH < CH3COOH [1]


Ethanal has weak dipole-dipole interactions , Both Ethanoic acid and Ethanol has
intermolecular hydrogen bonding but stronger in former due to dimer formation.
(i) The electronic configurations of Zn, Cd and Hg are represented by the general formula (n-
1)d10 ns2. The orbitals in these elements are completely filled in the ground state as well as in
their common oxidation states. [1]
(ii) Scandium [1]
(iii)Transition metal and their compounds show catalytic properties because of the following
reasons: [1]
1. Due to their variable oxidation state, they form an intermediate complex, thereby providing a
new path for reaction.
2. Availability of empty d-orbital which provides good surface area for reaction.
(iv): Due to presence of unpaired electron in their atoms, transition elements have stronger
interatomic interaction and hence stronger bonding between atoms. which results in high
boiling points. [1]
(v)Configuration of Cu2+ −[Ar]3d9 Zn2+−[Ar]3d10
Cu2+ has an unpaired electron which acts as a F centre and allows electron transition in visible
region importing color while Zn2+have no unpaired electrons hence colourless. [1]

You might also like